application of remote sensing to coastal zone management

[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]

Coastal Zo ne APPLICATION OF REMOTE SENSING
Information
Cente, '.'TO COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT

DOCUMENT 10

CoASTAL ZONE
INFORMATION CENTER

JON 3 0 1977

HT
392
A67
1976

ation of Remote/Sensing to CoastaL Zone Management

HAWAII COASTAL ZONE MW, GI]MFNT PROGW;1

Document 10

COASTAL ZONE
The Application of Remote Sensing
to Coastal Zone Management

This document was prepared for the

State of Hawaii Department of Planning and Econom:Lc Development

by the

Electromagnetic System Laboratories, Inc.
Sunnyvale, California

The preparation of this report was financed in part
through a Coastal Zone Management Program Development Grant
-from the United States Department of Commerce

December, 1976

THE COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM DOCUMENTS

Document

1 Technical Considerations in Developing a Coastal Zone
Management-Program for Hawaii

2 Inventory of Federally Controlled Land in Hawaii

3 Documentation for Illustrative Mapping of Alternative
Coastal Zone Boundary Designations for Selected Sites
in Hawaii

4 Bibliography,of Sources Relating to Coastal Zone Land
and Water Uses

5 The Application of Remote Sensingand Computer Systems
,to Coastal Zone Management

6 --Legal--Aspects of Hawaii's Coastal Zone Management
Program

7 Organizational Structure, Management, and Implementation-
of Hawaii's Coastal Zone Management Program

8 Coastal Resources and Hazards: Identification,'Analysis
and Recommendations Regarding Management Problems

9 Revised Inventory of Federally Controlled Land in Hawaii

10 The Application of Remote Sensing to Coastal Zone
Management
11 Organizational Aspects of Managing Hawaii's Coastal-
Zone

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Information:
Electrmagnetic Systems Laboratories, Inc.
The application of remote sensing to coastal-zone management.@
Prepared for the State of Hawaii Department of Planning and Eco-
nomic Development. [Honolulu]: Hawaii Coastal Zone Management
Program,, Dec. 19 76.
(Document - Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program; 10)
1. Coastal zone management - Data processing. 2. Remote sens-
,ing systems. I. Hawaii. Department of Planning and Economic
Development. II. Title., III. Series.
HT392.H3@1 no.10 (x Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program)

COASTAL ZONE
INFORMATION CEMyEg

PREFACE

_ESLIs output products for the fiscal 1976 year consist
of this final rep ort plus the resources inventories and classifica-
tion legends. The inventory consists,.of various mylar overlays
keyed to different map bases and depicts the location and extent
of pertinent resources. These maps and classification keys are-
referenced in this report; but, because of scale and volume
limitations,-cannot be.included in their entirety. The actual
resource inventories can'be reviewed at the Department of Planning
and Economic Development, 250 S.-King Street. ESL encourages
review and comments-on the content and format of these prototype
CZM map products-

Similarly, ESL work encompasses the extensive use.of
dolor and color infrared data, both in the analysis phase and
the presentation phase.

Due to reproduction costs, only a limi ted number of
reports contain color photograph's. This''is unfortunate because
the. analysis-of color infrared imagery is based on the differences
in hue and-saturation of various objects and backgrounds. Black
and white renditions of color infrared imagery do not exhibit these
important. differences. Furthermore, although black and white
reproduction of color infrared photographs appear similar to
black and white panchromatic and black and white infrared photo-
graphs, they cannot be interpreted as such. The gray scale values

of various objects.in black.and white renditions of color infrared
images are not the same as those for the same objects as recorded
in standard panchromatic or standard black and white infrared
photographs.

.The reader wishing to verify'personally any discussions
concerning the analysis of the imagery presented herein should
contact the CZM Data Facility to make arrangements to view
positive-transparencies.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This document constitutes the final report for ESL's
contribution to Hawaii's fiscal 1976 Coastal Zone Management
(CZM) program. This report and accompanying resource inventory
overlayis were prepared by ESL Incorporated for the Department of
Planning and Economic Development, State Of Hawaii, under
contract. The work was performed under the direction of
Mr. Richard.Poirier, CZM Project Manager for the State of Hawaii.

The work described in this report was accomplished by
the Earth Resource Applications Technology Department headed by

M
r. James Nichols. Mr. Gary E. Gnauck is project manager for
ESL's Coastal Zone Management program. Mr. Larry Chime and-
Mr. Leonard Zuras have made extensive and important contributions
to this program. Dr. Deral Herbst, formerly with the Harold L. Lyon
Arboretum, was a consultant to ESL and provided assistance in
Hawaiian vegetation taxonomy.

Many groups and individuals have provided valuable
assistance-to tSL. We would like to express our appreciation to
the Department of Planning and Economic Development headed by
Hideto Kono. Additional individuals within DPED providing
guidance on the CZM program were Frank Skrivanek, Deputy Director;
Shoji Kato, Head, Planning Division; Richard Poirier, Branch Chief,
Long-range Plans Branch and Planners; Virginia Brooks MacDonald;
Carol Takahashi; Steven Shinn; Robert Lew; Joan Yim; and

C. J. Christoffels. We have also received valuable assistance

from the Policy Coordinating Committee, chaired-by Jackie Parnell;
the Statewide Citiz ens Forum, chaired by Mr. Aaron Levine; and
the Kauai County Citizens Group; headed by Mr. John-Arzadon.

Our specific thanks are extended to Brian F. Nishimoto,
Planning Director, Kauai County, and Bert Matsumoto and Tom
Ishikawa, also of the Kauai County Planning Department, for
assistance provided us in understanding the specific nee ds and
requirements for Kauai County. Tom Tagawa, Ed Petteys.and
Ralph Dhaeler of the Department of Natural Resources, Division of
Forestry provided direct assistance in und erstanding Hawaii's
forestry problems and aided us in our'Xauai County field'
activities. Additional individuals providing helpful suggestions
and input were Dwayne Kanuha, Hawaii County Planning,-, Dr. James
Maragos of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; Ray.Tobata of the
University of Hawaii Sea Grant Program; and Mr. Kenji Nishio'ka
of the- National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Ames,
Research Center.

CONTENTS

Section Page

PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
1. INTRODUCTION .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1 ESL Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2 First and Second Year W0,rk .. . . . . . . . . l.-4
1.3 Summary and Recommendations . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.3.1 Methodology Development -. . . ... * ' . 1-6
l.-3.1.1 Systems Approach to Coastal Zone Plann'in*g
and Management . . . . . . . . * * * ' ' * 1-7
1.3.1.2 Remote Sensing and the Planning Proce;s. .,. 1-8
1.3.1.3 Analysis Techniques . . . . . . . . . ... . . 1-10
1.3.2 Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.3.2.1 Wetlands Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1.3.2.2 Kauai County Resource Inventory . . . . . . . 1-15
l.3.2.3 Pr ,oblem Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
1.3.3 Information Dissemination and Education . . . 1-20
1.3.3.1 Data Facility Alternatives @ . . . . . . . . 1-21
1.3.3.2 Remote Sensing Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.3.4 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 1-23

2. METHODOLOGY DEVELOPMENT . ... . . . . . . . . 2-1

2.1 Systems Approach to Coastal Zone Planning
and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 2-1
2.2 Remote Sensing and the Planning Process . . . 2-8
2.2.1 General. . . . . . . 2-8
2-.2.2 Review of Recent Results . ... . . . . I . . . 2-13
2.3 Analysis Techniques . . . . . ... . . . . . . 2-17
2.3.1 General. 2-17
2.3.2 'Water Penetration Analysis . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2.3.2.1 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-20
2.3.3 Analysis of LANDSAT Data . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
2.3.3, 1 -Analysis Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
2.3.3.2 Test Site Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
2.3.3.3 Analysis Procedures . . . . . . . . ... . . . 2-33
2.3.3.4 Results and Conclusions . . . . . . .. . . . . 2-40
2.3.3.5 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . 2-46

CONTENTS Continued

Section Page

2.3.4 Future Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

3. INVENTORY. I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2. Wetlands Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3-2
3.2.1 Phase One Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.2.2 Wetland Inventory Methodology. 3-5
3.2.3 Output Product . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 3-6
3.3 Kauai County Resource Inventory . . . . . . . 3-9
3.3.1 Extent and Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-9
3.3.2 Inventory Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.3.3 Test.Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3.3.4 Output Product . . ... . . . : . 3-16
,,3.3.4.1 Overlay #1. District Land U;e'Bo*un'dar* 3-16
3.3.4.2 Overlay. #2. Transportation . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3.3.4.3 Overlay #3. Land Use . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
3.3.4.4 Overlay #4. Vegetation . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3.3.4.5 Overlay #5. Shoreline Habitat . . . . . . . . 3-24
3'3.4.6 Overlay #6. Sand and Reef . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3*.3.4.7 Overlay V. Rivers and Streams . . . . . . . 3-28
3.3.4 .8 Overlay #8. Wetlands . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3.4 Problem Analysis . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 3-28
3.4.1 Sedimentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3.4 * 2 Kauai County Problem Analysis . . . . . . . . 3-41
3.4 2.1 Sedimentation, Erosion . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3.4:2.2 Destruction of Kiawd Trees, Forest and . ' I
Coastal Vegetation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3.4.2.3 Land-Use Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

j
4. INFORMATION DISSEMINATION AND
EDUCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.1 Data Facility Alternatives 4-1
4.1.1 Introduction ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1.2 Study Obj-ectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.1.3 Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.1.4 Results and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.1.5 Data Facility Cataloging System . . . . . . . 4-16
4.2 Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24

5. LIST OF REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

CONTENTS Continued

Section Page

APPENDIX A. STATEWIDE WETLANDS MAPPING . . . . . . . . . A-1-

APPENDIX B. KAUAI INVENTORY OVERLAY CLASSIFICATION
AND DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

APPENDIX C. DATA FACILITY STUDY . . . . . .. . . . . . . . C-1

APPENDIX D. AVAILABLE LANDSAT DATA . . ... . . . . . . . D-1

vii

ILLUSTRATIONS-

Figure Page

2-1. Block Diagram of Hawaii's Coastal Zone
Biophysical Subsystem . ... . . . . . . ... . 2-4-

2-2. Block Diagram of Hawaii's Resource
Management/Controls Subsystem . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-3'. Block Diagram Hawaii Coastal Zone
Management System.,. . . . * . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-4. Water Penetration as a Function of Wave-
length (Water absorbs more IR radiation
resulting in little penetration or
reflection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21,

2-5. Photo Calibration Curves . . . .. . . . . . . 2-25

2-6. Photographs Enhanced by Color Additive
Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2-7. Selected LANDSAT Training Areas . . . . . . . 2-36

2-8. Digitally Processed Output Image of,
-LANDSAT Data Showing Destruction of 14
Land Cover Types ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

3-1. Illustration of Multiple overlay Resource
- Inventory Classification System . . . . . . . 3-13

3-2. Color Infrared Image of Portion of South -
Molokai Coast (Portion of Entire Photo
Shown Scale 1:65,000) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31'

@3-3. Thematic Map of Key Resource Feature of
Molokai Test Site in 1975 (Nominal
Scale 1:65,000) . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 3-34

3-4. Ground Photograph of Annotation 1 in
Figure 3-2 . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . 3-35

viii

ILLUSTRATIONS Continued

Figure Page

3-5. Overgrazing of Annotation 2 in
Figure 3-2 3-3@

3-6. Black and White Low Altitude Photograph
Molokai Test Site (R._M. Towill, 1955) . . . . 3-40

4-1. Suggested Data Facility Development . . . . . 4-13

4-2. Typical Film Cannister Storage Label . . . . 4-20

4-3A. Example of a- Primary (Flight Line)
Coverage Map (PCM) . . . . . i . . . . . . . 4-22

4-3B. Example of Individual (Frame by Frame)
Coverage Map (,ICM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

4-4. Illustrationof Map Coverage Se t 4-23

TABLES

Table Page

2-1. MacBeth TD-504 Color Densitometer
Readings From Positive Color Transparency
of Kaneohe Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

2-2. Classification System - Kona Test Site,
Hawaii . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

2-3. Example of Statistical Analysis for
Fountain Grass/Kiawe Category
Test Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

2-4. 'Final 14 Category LANDSAT Classification
Code . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

2-5. Evaluation of LANDSAT Classification
Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

2-6. Typical Ongoing LANDSAT Demonstration
- Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52

3-1. U.S. Geological Survey Land Use and
Land Cover Classification System for
Use with Remote Sensor Data . . . . . . . . . 3-19

3-2. Corresponding Categories of U.S.G.S.
Circular 964 and Multiple Overlay,System 3-22

3-3. Pertinent Soil Parameters of Molokai
Test Area (Soil Conservation Service 1972) 3-38

,3-4. Identified Problems Kauai County Coastal
Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42

4-1. Matrix Rating of Several Levels of
Cataloging and Indexing and Resource
Analysis Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

TABLES Continued

Table Page

4-2. Present Film-Filter/Spectral
Band Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

4-3. List of Speakers at Hawaii CZM Remote
Sensing Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

4-4. ESL,Seminar Attendees . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35

1. INTRODUCTION.

The 1972 Coastal Zone Management (CZM) Act, Public Law
92-583, provides financial support to encourage individual states
in'effective management of their coastal environment. Two major
sections of the CZM Act are Section 305, which provides for the
development of a management plan, and Section 306, which supports
implementation ofthe-management plan.

The State of Hawaii legislature elected to participate
in the CZM program and designated the Department of Planning and
Economic Development (DPED) as the lead agency for CZM plan prep-
aration. DPED is presently completing its second year work program
under Section 305 of the Act. Part of this program responds to
incorporation of advanced technology to aid in plan preparation and
-ultimately in management of the coastal resources and environment.

ESL Incorporated, under contract to DPED@in the Coastal
Zone Management Program, is investigating the application of remote
sensing technology to the Hawaiian CZM program. This report pre-
sents the results of.ESL's work efforts during the second year
planning program.

1.1 ESL Objectives.

ESLIs participation in Hawaii's CZM,program investigates
the utility of remote sensing technology to provide resource and
environmentalinformation required by the planner and managers.
The long-term objective is-to provide an efficient system.capable
of responding to the informational needs of the-CZM program from
plan development through-the management of the coastal resources.

The specific objectives of the second year's work effort

are:

1. to.-refine and expand the analysis methodology begun
during the first year's program

2. to test the effectiveness,of this methodology by-
performing actual resource inventories on critical

resources and selected areas

3. to increase communication and develop an educational
training program on practical.application of remote

sensing.

The first objectives are concerned with defining user
requirements, establishing resource classification systems,
developing efficient-analysis techniques that incorporate existing
data sources and remote sensing, and, finally, establishing a
suitable presentation format. Section 2 of this report presents
detailed.discussions of analysis methodology.

The second objective is to employ these techniques and
classification systems to collect actual resource and

1-2

Continued.

environmental information. An evaluation of the resulting products
and information can 'then be used to determine the most appropriate
analysis system for the Hawaii CZM program. -Ideally, this evolves
into an on-going system that provides input for management and
planning decisions, a long-term monitoring capability, and a source
of scientific documentation which will support controversial
decisions.. Section 3 and supporting appendices present the results
of this year's inventory efforts.-

Less conspicuous, but equally important, is the problem
of integrating'and synthesizing a broad range of technologies and
scientific disciplines in such a manner that their combined output
product can and will be accepted by planners as a valuable infor-
mation source. This task begins by increasing communication
between the information gatherer and the planner/manager. The
coastal zone planning and management program is interdisciplinary
and each group must become-more informed about the other's prob-
lems, capabilities and limitations. A common language must be
established which translates planning activities into quantitative
informational requirements which can then be addressed by the
remote sensing specialists and resource scientists. To facilitate
this, ESL hopes to familiarize CZM staff, citizens groups, other
concerned state and local agencies, and legislative representatives
with the state-of-the-art_regarding remote sensing. A better
understanding,of "new techniques" fosters cooperation and effects
a greater utilization of this new technology. Section 4 p-resents
this year's activities in communication, public awareness and
training.

1-3

1.2 First and Second Year Work.

During ESLIs first year's effort, an experimental
classification system was developed and several informational
parameters were.mapped. The output product, available for
inspection at the Department of Planning and Economic Development
(DPED), was a set of multiple overlay maps registered to17 1/2
minute U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) quadrangle maps. ESL
accomplished this inventory in a very short time (April and May
1975), primarily through an interpretation of high altitude aerial
photographs and supporting field investigations. -The first year's
remote sensing applications study demonstrated, among other
things, a quick response capability for gathering information.
However, time was also spent assessing existing information sources,
the extent of local remote sensing capabilities and user require-
ments relative to an information system.

The second year's work analyzes the first year's
product in terms of format and user utilization capabilities. This.
analysis, together with input from citizen's groups, CZM staff,
consultants and other State CZM programs, scrutinizes the original
classification schemes and informational parameters; then tests
for relevance,usability and accessibility by plan designers. The
second year's output, with the proper use,'will produce an inven-
tory process* capable of a) providing information crucial'tothe
establishment of a management plan, and b) furnishing input over_

*The importance of a process,as opposed to a routine lies in the
fact that a process, while aware of history and trends, keeps an
,open mind to the advances of the present and adapts to the most
up-to-date ideas and technology. A routine "sustains past achieve-
ments" by endlessly repeating them, losing touch with the present
and its implications for the future. See Section 2.1'for further
details.

1-4

1.2 Continued.

time as required under Section 306 Implementation.. Once that
process is defined, the emphasis can shift from methodology
development to providing statewide inventory.updates of key
p.arameters in a relatively short time frame.

1.3 Summary and Recommendations.

The previous sections outlined and briefly discussed the
objectives of ESL's first and second year's work with regard to
the Hawaiian coastal zone management planning. This section
summarizes the approach employed to achieve these objectives and
the re-sults obtained, and recommends future direction on both
gen.eral and.specific levels.

ESL's expertise lies within the technical realm and is
aimed at solving problems, gathering information and processing
that information into a usable format. Much of the information
required by CZM planners and managers is already available with
current data.' It needs only to be defined, extracted and.properly
formatted., The goals and informational parameters required, how-
ever, must be identified and defined by the planners, the citizens
and the political representatives. Herein lies the greatest
difficulty -- the communication of those needs from the planner
to the technical scientist; and, in,reverse, communication.of
technological capabilities and limitations by the scientist to
the planner. This problem is not unique to Hawaii. It is -found
whenever an interdisciplinary team addressles a common problem.
As representatives of the various disciplines become more aware
of the contributions of all toward the common end,a more thorough
analysis can be accomplished; thus attaining a more realistic plan.

1-5

1.3 Continued.

Major technic al sections of this report deal with
Methodology (Section 2), Inventory (Section 3), and Information
Dissemination and Education .(Section 4). Methodology explores
various possible alternatives for completing the tasks and
describes that technology which could provide cost-effective
information. inventory utilizes the developed methodology on an
operational level to obtain needed cultural and resource infor-
mation Information Dissemination and Education is extremely
important as it concerns the-training and education of the Hawaii
CZM planners and managers to aid them in.incorporating the
developed methodology in their CZM program and in understanding
the advantages and limitations of the resulting inventory infor-
mation.

various classifications, descriptions, map reproductions
and expanded scenarios have been placed in an appendix format.
The reader must realize that these are not working maps and have
been included in this report only to make the reader aware of
their existence. Full sized maps and overlays are available for
examination at DPED/CZM office s in Honolulu. Readers are encour-
aged to comment on ESL's second year's methodology work based
upon an understandingof the multiple-overlay system, working scale
maps and data processing involved.

1.3.1 METHODOLOGY DEVELOPMENT.

.Analysis methodology attempts to define the
informational requirements of the CZM program and then determines,

1-6

1.3.1 Continued.

or develops, the most'efficient means to collect, process, analyze
and disseminate the information. To determine the cultural and
resource informational needs-, one must understand the -coastal
zone system including the administrative and management aspects.
ESL undertook a fairly rigorous analysis of requirements during
our first year's program. This work focused primarily on the
Federal requirements as presented in the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Rules and Regulations for Plan
Development (tSL Inc., 1975). This year's efforts relate to the
specific needs of the, Sta@e of Hawaii.

1.3.1.1 Systems Approach to Coastal Zone Planning and
Management.

The "systems approach" to understanding and managing
Hawaii's-coastal zone is a relatively simple concep t, ye*t an
often misunderstood one. As used here, it is the process by
which the existing state of the cultural and physical resources
is compared to the desired or preferred state of those resources.
Should the former not be in the long-term of interest of the people
of Hawaii, procedures and controls are instituted to reverse any
deteriorating condition. High technology, such as computers and
remote sensing, is not implicit in this definition. .Their use
can improve, however, the efficiency with which the state of the
resources-is measured and evaluated, thereby aiding in developing.
procedures and controls to rectify the existing conditions.

There are two major components of a coastal zone
management system: the biophysical subsystem and the resource

1-7

1.3.1.1 continued.

management/control subsystem. The biophysical subsystem consists
of the natural geological-ecological processes of the Hawaiian
Islands modified by the influence of man in terms of.both utili-
zation and production of'resources. All usable resources are
constantly present within the coastal zone, and their pres ehce is
measured by the most suitable means available.* The management/
controls subsystem compares the existing state of the resources
against the ideal or desired state, the latterbeing the long-
,term objectives and policies of the Hawaiian people with regard to
the coastal environment. It is possible, though unlikely, that
the desired state of the biophysical resources is identical to the
existing*resource state. More likely, some management controls
(legal, administrative, biophysical) will be necessary to alter
the existing condition in the direction of the preferred state.

Remote sensing technology is concerned with the data
acquisitio n, data processing, data analysis and dissemination
functions of the overall coastal zone management system. The
resulting information serves as input to the planning and decisionr
making functions and,,in turn, influences the management controls

exerted on the resources.

1.3.1.2 Remote Sensing and the Planning Process.

Typically, remote sensing addresses the scientific-
aspects of a resource problem. This.involves understanding the

*No measurement technique is 100% accurate. The measured state
of the resource is an estimate and any measurement techniq"ue(s)
which improve(s) accuracy, timeliness or completeness increase(s)
the effectiveness of the entire system.

1-8

1.3.1.2 continued.

biological and ecological processes of a region or resources by
.measuring the state of.the resources, i.e., mapping-location,
extent, quality and quantity of the resources and changes over
time.

An equally important question is the place of remote
sensing in the public planning process. By public planning
process is meant the development of public policies and objectives
with reg ard to some-issue or problem and the implementation of
method(s) to achieve thelobjective(s). The central issue con-
cerns the mechanism (organization, processes and procedures)
required to utilize remote sensing technology, systematically,
in the public planning process.

'The results of our investigation in this area have
identified the primary problem - communication between-the public,
the planner and the technologist; and the solution - education
and training.

The scientist and the technologist must understand the
planning process including the political realities common to major
projecti such as the'CZM program. The planner must have some
understanding of technology, how it works and its limitations.
The technologist who is unable to grasp important qualitative
elements of the planning process may develop a scientifically
rigorous methodology having little practicable application. The
planner unable'to cope with the quantitative approach of the
technologist-scientist will continue to employ inaccurate-and
inefficient methods of data collection, processing and analysis;
and the resulting 'policies and controls will suffer accordingly.

1-9

1.3.1.2 Continued.

The solution is to foster understanding.and communication
between the two groups and the public,.not.on a one-time basis,
but on a continuing day-to-day basis.

1.3.1.3 Analysis Techniques.

To support DPE,D'-s inventory and information gathering
needs, ESL has investigated-several classification systems and
analysis technique s to optimize,the environmental data collection
and processing and analysis functions of the C.ZM system.* The
goal is to integrate various data sources and analysis techniques
into-a cost-effective information gathering process. Considerable.
effort was directed at,developing the reso urce classification
system most suitable to Hawaiian coastal zone management.
Toward this end, field observations, low altitude panchromatic
photographs, high altitude color, and color infrared photographs,
and LANDSAT satellite data were investigated as possible input
mechanisms. Analysis of this combination of data sources resulted
in a multilevel data collection approach which hashistorically
shown to be useful in other pro"jects.

*NOAA's Coastal Zone Management Program, Development Grants, 305
Guidelines, Subpart C, Section 920.20(a) states: "(a) It is clear
that the process of developing (and operating) a management program
_fak the coastal zone will necessarily involve frequent access to
informational and research sources. In many cases.' adequate under-
standing of questions such as dune stabilization, barrier beach
dynamics, salt marsh productivity and estuarine circulation and
flushing, to mention only a few, will be needed in order to develop
successful management programs. Also, the process of inventorying
and mapping the nature of a State's zone and designating areas of
particular concern almost certainly will benefit from the applica-
tion of technologies employing remote sensing."

1-10

1.3.1.3 Continued.

Traditional photo interpretation techniques were applied
to low altitude black and white and high altitude color and color
infrared photographs. The interpreter-scientist relates the size,
shape, tone, texture, shadow pattern and location of the various
objects and backgrounds as,portrayed in the imagery to the neces-
sary resource or cultural information; (e.g., land use, vegetation,
sedimentation source, soil erosion, marine habitat). Inference,
conve rgence of evidence, is also a powerful technique in deriving
information from photographs. These techniques taken in aggregate
were found to be useful in providing much of the required resource
information. The reader desiring detailed methodology of the
interpretation process should consult any one of several standard
references; e.g., American Society of Photogrammetry, 1960, 1975.

Moreover, additive color analysis was employed for greater
water penetration capabilities; and'digital processing of LANDSAT
imagery was investigated to determine its usefulness to the CZM
program. A separate study on, computer processed LANDSAT Data was
accomplished and is discussed in detail in the report. This tech-
nique holds promise depending upon the definition of CZM require-

ments.-

The results of investigating various analysis techniques
have shown that no one data source or analysis technique is optimum
for the CZM program. Because of the complex and divergent
informational requirements of the CZM program, it will be neces-
sary to identify and define the informational needs for each
problem or resource attribute, and then apply the most appropriate
data sources and analysis methods for each one. To try to force

1.3.1.3 Continued.

one data source or analysis method to fit all problems will result
in in-accurate or inefficient procedures.

1.3.2 INVENTORY.

The second year focused additional effort on i nventory'
products as a platform for implementing and evaluating methodology.
/Many interpretive and analytic techniques were brought to bear in
-establishing an optimal multiple data collection system.

An important aspect of ESL's CZM inventory task is-that
of converting raw data into relevant information and then present-
ing that information as an easily understood, useful tool, for
non-scientifically oriented planners. This task includes:

1. Definition of categories of required information

2.. Formulation of a meaningful classification system

3. Providing adequate accuracy and detail within that
classification system without exceeding funding

limitations

4. Furnishing a presentation system which will allow
easy access, be graphically sufficient, and
facilitateand support user decisions with,

scientific documentation.

1-12

1.3.2 Continued.

ESL's inventory work includes: 1) the statewide wetlands
study undertaken in conjunction with the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers, 2) the Kauai County inventory, and 3) geographically
specific problem analysis areas.

ESL's inventory task.produced maps, classifications,
formatst et c. The output products are described and discussed
in the final report; however, the nature of these products pre-
cludes complete-inclusion within this document. It is imperative
that the output products themselves be carefully examined and
critiqued by planners, public committees and others in order to
be truly valuable.

1.3.2.1 Wetlands Inventory.,

The Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program, realizing
the importance of wetland.areas and the impact those areas have
on planning and management decisions in the coastal zone, began
discussing a wetland.survey early in 1976. Following negotiations
--with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, a cooperative statewide
wetlands inventory effort between the Hawaii CZM Program and the
Corps was undertaken. This two-phase program, begun in late
February 1976, was to combine the-.capabilities and outputs of
each participant into a single, informative document as cost-
effectively as possible.

Phase one, supported by the CZM program! consists of
identifying and locating all significant wetlands, or probable
wetlands in the state. The output product is an overlay registered

1-13

1.3.2.1 Continued.

to the 7.5 USGS quadrangle maps indicating the general type and
location of the wetland.

Phase two, to be conducted by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers, will consist of visits to each indicated site to
determine,if the"wetland should be included in the inventory; and,
if so, to obtain detailed vegetation and ecological information.

The Coastal Zone Management (ESL Incorporated). portion
of the wetland study is based primarily upon aerial photographic
interpretation of high altitude color infrared photographs of
October 1974 and Ju ly 1975 and U.S.' Army Corps of Engineers'
low altitude, black and white shoreline photographs o! 1975 and
1976. 1General-wetland type (e.g., lowland meadow, estuarine, salt
marsh, etc.) is provided with more precise vegeta tion species
descriptions included where ESL field teams have gathered ground
truth support data. Wetla .nd delineation over the-entire State of
.Hawaii has been accomplished for those wetlands approximately
five acres or greater in size. Gaps in the'statewide aerial
coverage, due mainly to cloud cover, necessitated ancillary infor-
mation sources be utilized (USGS quadrangle maps) in some areas.

For this study, a wetland.is defined as "areas having
wet, marshy soil conditions, frequently inundated by -or covered
with fresh,_ brackish or salt water, subject to tidal, riparian or
drainage ponding influence, and including 'high bogs'; those areas
distinguished by particular and unique vegetative species that
require saturated soil conditions for their,growth and reproduc-
tion.

1-14

1.3.2.1 Continued.

The phase One product is a systematic display of*
delineated wetland areas accomplished through an overlay system
keyed to USGS quadrangle maps-(1:24,000 scale and 1:250,000 scale).
only the overlays are provided, to be utilized in conjunction
with in-house copies of the various quadrangle maps. These maps
will.provide over-view wetlands locational information to the
CZM planners and will facilitate detailed ground investigation
by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The combined output product
is an excellent example of interagency cooperation and the appli-
cation of multilevel data gathering and analysis to obtain the

desired information.

1.3.2.2 -Kauai County Resource Inventory.

Webster defines resource as "an available means; a

natural source of-wealth or revenue". -Hawaii is rich in natural
resources and not very many years ago was substantially richer in
some of its resources. Recent public awareness has forced govern-
mental representatives to address.-the problem of diminishing
natural resources. ESL's.resource inventory is aimed at providing
information to managers thereby enabling,them. to.serve this task

better.

The purpose of this inventory study is based upon the
planning/management informational needs of the State and County
-governments, and is in accord with NOAA threshold papers (Federal
recommendations).

1-15

1.3.2.2 Continued.

The perennial problems encountered with constructing a
resource attribute classification system are correct identifica-
tion of user perspectives and anticipation of long-term value
fluctuations. The user perspective is as varied as the individuals
using the system and is complicated further through resource
weighting, projected program goals, and funding lim itations.. As
time passes, land value patterns change placing new planning and
management requirements on a system designed for old demands. The
definition and compatibility of "land use" and "land cover" classes
is also difficult.

ESL has reviewed many classification scheme designs in
formulating a-system for-the-Hawaii Coastal Zone Management-
Program methodology study. Each design presented several very
positive elements; but, in each the value of the positive element
was partially offset by irreconcilable conflicts when operationally
tested. The problem was not solely with the classification
schemes reviewed, but with the complexity of u-ses to which coastal,
zone management would subject them. The goal was to design a
classification system which would: 1) deal.with a wide range,of
resources, 2) be flexible enough to access information relevant to
specific combinations of resources, and 3) be easily corrected,
updated or modified.

Through'our inventory methodology studies, a multiple
overlay system was formulated and implemented. Eight categories
of information were defined-and mapped:

1-16

1.3.2.2 -- Continued.

1. Land Use Dis-tricts

2. Transportation

3. Lana Use

4. Vegetation

5.-- Shoreline Habitat

6. Sand and Reef

7. Rivers and Streams

8. Wetlands

These categories were determined by the technical consultants
(ESL, PUSPP and H.,Mogi)-and approved by CZMP staff. Discussion
with the Kauai County Planning Department also provided input;
particularly, the level--of detail-relevant to locallgovernment@
planning.,

Each category has its,own map and a specifically tailored
classification system which furnishes the maximum,amount of infor-
mation through a minimum number of detail levels. On any-map or
classification scheme as more delineations are drawn out, the
number of detail levels increases. As these increase, the design
o-f the system becomes more and more complicated and the illustra-
tive graphics and class breakouts become progressively more
difficult to utilize. By separating major resource categories

1-17

1.3.2.2 Continued.

and supplying each with a simplistically tailored class breakdown,
the data become mote accessible, easier to-'use and deal smoothly
with redundancies. An- excellent example is, "is it grassland or
pasture; bare ground or recreational beach, wa'ste field or open
space?" Each resource category map supports the resource inven-
tory function, but by being individually autonomous, provides
stand-alone information as well.

Network system overlays (e.g., rivers and streams) are
completely compatible with areal delineation.overlays (e.g.,
'Vegetation); and', though designed for initial manual use, both
can be quickly converted to a computerized-process.

Several use benefits become readily apparent with the
multiple overlay system. First, new categories can ea@sily be
added. Sail conservation maps, already completed by USDA can be,
added to this system with little if any modification. Orthophoto
quad maps could easily create a new base'map. Secondlyl individ-
ual resource maps or overlays can be selected and combined to
focus on particular problems. For example, vegetation maps and
rivers/streams maps can be-combined to study water demand problems.
Thirdly, the problem of separating land use and land'cover is
solved. On a vegetation overlay, the clas,sification may be "grass-
land" while on aland use,o.verlay it would be "pasture". Bare
ground on -a- vegetation overlay might be a boulder beach on the
shoreline habitat overlay indicating a micro-environment to be
conserved. Levels of detail need not become excessively complex

1.3.2.2 Continued.

on any one overlay since other overlays are addressing other
resource informational requirements. By analyzing a relatively
small number of problem areas, planners and managers can begin to
set up predictive models which, in turn, can assist in prioritizing
permissible uses-

ESL's task is to present relevant resource and
environmental information to these decision makers. The final

decisions, however, must include a consideration of economic,
social, and political.factors. Subsections in the final report
discuss geographically specific problems and-attempt to draw the
reader, through a process which involves the use of remote sensing!
-into detecting, identifying'and recommending solutions,

1.3.2.3 Problem Analysis.

Much effort has been directed towards the identification

of problems in the Hawaiian Coastal Zone. As could be expected,
one man's pleasure is another man's problem@. PUSPP undertook to
,,,determine what Hawaii's citizens considered to be problems and
then formulated a list prioritizing these for further attention.
Problem analysis, however, goes far beyond simple listing. Both
PUSPP and ESL have delved into the question, "what are-the sig-
nificant causes behind the problem" and "how can managers best
deal,with the causes to ameliorate the problem."

ESL's approach'to.problem analysis is:

1-19

1.3.2.3 Continued.

1. Identify the problem (e.g., coral kill).

2.1 Locate the physical effect creating the problem,
e.g., sedimentation).

3. Through remote sensing technology, trace the
effect of the problem to its physical cause
(e.g., soil erosion).

4. Determine the land use activities or conditions,
which initiated the cause, (e.g., overgrazing).

5. Outline the physical boundary of the problem to
include cause, pathway(s) and effect(s);
establish geographic area of particular concern.

6. Recommend key points at which to monitor cause
and effect of the problem.

1.3.3 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION AND EDUCATION.

"AWAR ENESS" on the part of both planners and scientists
has been discussed previously and in a plethora of publications
relating to the interdisciplinary importance of successful plan-
ning and management. Germane to this theme, ESL approached the
task-of making the technology of remote sensing less mysterious
and hence more accessible to everyone part icipating or interested
in the Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program.

1-20

1.3.3 Continued.

over and above the numerous scheduled presentations and
workshops- in which ESL took part, two major educational tasks
were accomplished., A data facility or centralized information
clearing house feasibility study was begun and partially imple-
mented; and a REMOTESENSING Seminar was held.

1.3.3.1 Data Facility Alternatives.

Now in its second year, DPED has been working closely
with ESL-and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
Ames Research 'Center, in the area of remote sensing'technology.
During 1974 and 1975, Ames Research Center obtained over 2600 high-
altitude U-2 photographs of large portions of the Hawaiian Islands.
This imagery, sent to DPED,'represents extremely valuable source
information onjand use,and cultural and natural resources of-the
state. Furthermore, collected over time, these data provide
information on the changing-nature of key resources as discussed
in the previous sections. The CZM program (as well as other.long-
range planning programs within DPED) is not a one time effort; and
-the established data base can be effectively used for' years to

come.

The mere physical existence of remote sensing data,
however, is no assurance'that it will be effectively utilized.
Some means must be developed to catalog the data, and suitable
equipment'must be obtained to carry out the necessary planning,
processing, and analysis functions discussed previously. The
existing U-2 imagery must be used in concert with (not as a

1-21

1.3.3.1 Continued,

replacement for) other types of remote sensing data,(satellite,
low-altitude aircraft) and ancillary information such as maps,
charts, reports, and interpreted results from earlier investi ga-
tions.and field notes in order to derive maximum benefit. This
suggests some sort of data facility or information clearinghouse
is needed to ensure effective use of the imagery for the CZM and
related programs-

A data facility, clearly, would be beneficial in
providing: 1) an efficient informational storage and interpretation
center, 2)'Unifo'rmity of information,format presentation, 3) a
capability to 'Update information quickly and effectively, 4) an
historical data base to be used for trend analysis,J, and 5) to
establish a mechanism for interdisciplinary communication essential
to-the success of the CZM program.

ESL has undertaken exploration of various alternate data
facilities and plans for their implementation.- Specifically, this
study addresses:

0 The type of facility best@suited to the needs of
the State of Hawaii

0 A recommendation for a phased long-range
implementation plan

0 Specific.procedures and data catalogi ng criteria
for theexisting in-house U-2 imagery.

1-22@

1.3.3.1 Continued.

Thus far a data facility ha's been discussed, advertised, approved
and looked for by interested potential users. It has not, how-.
ever been implemented.

1.3.3.2 Remote Sensing Seminar.

Held in April of this year the-seminar was, based upon
feedback 'from the participants, a worthwhile and reasonably
Successful undertaking. Topics, speakers-and agenda are discussed
.in'the final report in Section 4.2.

1.3.4 Recommendations.

ESL Incorporated recommends an extension of. the basic
inventories begun over the Island of Kauai this year to encompass
the entire State. These statewide inventories will be updated
every five years and serve as an overall planning aid. Specific

recommendations are:

1. Examine the multiple overlay resource attribute
system; and expand and extend the'-attributes and
classification system for the entire State.

2. Incorporate the final analysis methodology into the
stat ewide planning process on a systematic basis.

3. Continue and strengthen liaison with U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers to facilitate Phase II of state-
wide wetlands study and incorporate the end
product into CZM data base.

1-23

1.3.4 -- Continued.

4. Use the results.of 1. through 3. above, in
conjunction with -input from other CZM consultants,
the various advisory groups and citizens, to
identify geographic areas of particular con cern
and to define specific informational needs for
detailed quantitative inventories required-for
CZM management activities.

To aid in accomplishing the above objectives and to synthesize,and
coordinate all aspects of the CZM program, ESL recommends the
establishment of a CZM Information Clearinghouse or Data Facility.
This facility can: 1) serve as a means of communication between
all interested CZM participants; 2) consolidate state data
acquisition and analysis requirements thus avoiding costly dupli-
cation of effort; and 3) serve as a mechanism to establish infor--@
mation requirements.and aid in the implementation of CZM policies
and guidelines under Section 306 Funding.

ESL has recommended a phased approach,to-the establishment
and expansion of a CZM data facility (details,are provided in-
Section 4.1). Specific recommendations are':

1. Review alternative data facility scenarios, and
decide upon long-term goals.

2. Acquire necessary space, equipment and personnel;
then implement plan.

1-24

1.3.4 Continued.

ESL furtherrecommends that the State of Hawaii maintain liaison
with NASA and other research and technology,agencies; and using the
above recommended data facility as an efficient mechanism, incor-
po,rate new advances in computer information syIstems ana remote
!@ensing into the state planning process. two areas, color additive
analysis and digital image processing using LANDSAT data, were
investigated by ESL during the past year and both hold considerable'
promise. Details can be found in Section 3. With regard to
LANDSAT, the following are recommended:

1 Determine futur e availability/probability of
cloud free LANDSAT over the-Hawaiian Islands
or-key areas of the Islands.

2. Based upon clearly defined informational
requirements, incorporate,LANDSAT digital
processing, along with photo interpretation
of existing U-2 and new low altitude
photographs and field surveys, for detailed
quantitative inventories.

1-25

2. METHODOLOGY DEVELOPMENT.

Analysis methodology attempts to define.-the informa-
tional requirement of the CZM program and then determines, or
develops, the most efficient means to collect, process, analyze
and disseminat ,e the information. To determine the cultural and'

resource informational needs one must understand the c oastal zone
system including the administrative and management aspects. ESL
undertook a.fairly rigorous analysis of requirements during our
first year program. This work focused primarily on the Federal
requirements as presented in the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
-Administration.(NOAA) Rules and Regulations for Plan Development
(ESL Inc., 1915). This year's efforts relate to the specific
needs of.the State of Hawaii..

Section 2.1 provides a discussion of the systems
approach to-managing Hawaii's Coastal Zone. Section 2.2 looks
at the place of remote sensing in the public planning proce Iss.
The emphasis here is on the public planning decision-making
process rather-than on the biological or resource aspects of
the CZM 'program., Finally, a discussion of various analysis
techniques and resource classification systems is reviewed in

Section 2.3.

2.1 Systems Approach to Coastal Zone Planning and
Management.

The "systems approach" to understanding and managing
Hawaii's coastal zone is a relatively simple concept, yet an
often misunderstood one. As used here, it is "the process by
which the existing state of the cultural and physical resources

2-1

2.1 Continued.

is compared to the-desired state of those resources and, should
the former not be in the long-term of interest of the people of
Hawaii, procedures and controls are instituted to reverse any
deteriorating condition." High technology, such as computers and
remote sensing, is not i plicit in this definition; however, their
Im
use can improve the efficiency with which the state of the
resources is measured and evaluated and thereby aiding in
developing procedures and controls to rectify the existing
conditions.

There are two major components of a coastal zone manage-
ment system: the biophysical subsystem and the resource
managemept/control subs ystem. The biophysical subsystem consi-sts
of the natural geological-ecological processes of the Hawaiian
Islands modified by the influence of man in terms of both
utilization and production-af resources. All usable resources
are constantly present within the coastal zone, and their
presence-is measured by the most suitable means available.* The
management/controls subsystem compares the existing state of the
resourc-es against the ideal or desired state, the latter being the
long-term objectives and policies of the Hawaiian people with
regard to the coastal environment. It is.possible, though unlikely,
that t-he desired-state 6f the biophysical resources is identical
to the existing resource state. More likely, some management
controls (legal,, administrative, biophysical) will be necessary
to alter the existing condition in the direction of the preferred

state.-
.*No-measurement technique is 100% accurate. The measured state
of theresource is an estimate and any measurement technique(s)
which improve(s) accuracy, timeliness or completeness increase(s)
the effectiveness of the entire system.

2-2

2.1 Continued.

A clear er understanding of the entire process is provided
in the following material which provides a detailed discussion of
each subsystem and a final integration into a single system.

The biophysical subsystem is shown in Figure 2-1. The
center block represents the known usable land and natural resource
base of Hawaii's coastal zone. Additions to this base are
continually being discovered; for example,-manganese nodules, new
offshore sand deposits or geothermal power. Reduction of the
resource@ base occurs through use,-via natural depletion, e.g...
soil erosion, and the human consumption e.g... use of sand for
concrete. The output of both of these processes is waste and by-
products which serve as input to human production, reuse of scrap
metal,,production of benzene as a by-product of gasoline, and
natural replenishment functions. Both the natural replenishment
and human production functi6ns have a loss component as well as
accretions to the resource base. The oyster industry in Hawaii
is an example of an increase in a reusable resource due to human
production (Sparks, 1963).

The resource management and controls subsystem is
concerned with the administrative mechanisms.whereby decisions are
made-and managerial practices established. Figure 2-2 is a block
diagram of the resource management/controls subsystem.

The planning and synthesis (decision-making) function
receives input from the public in the form of policies and suggested
directives which help to determine the "preferr@ed state of the
resource system. Input from the resource system model, including

2-3

NATURAL
REPLENISH9ENT

LOSS

HUMAN
P/R PRODUCTION

LOSS.,-:

USABLE LAND
221L. AND BIOPHYSICAL
DISCOVERY RESOURCES
OF
HAWAIIAN CZM

NATURAL
DEPLETION

HUMAN
CONSUMPTION

W/B WASTE AND BY-PRODUCTS
P/R PRODUCTION AND REPLENISHMENT

Figure 2-1. Block Diagram of Hawaii's Coastal Zone
Biophysical Subsystem

DATA
DATA DATA ANALYSIS
ACQUISITION PROCESSING AND
DISSEM INATION

MEASUREMENT FROM BIOPHYSICAL SUB-
SYSTEM ALTERNATIVE
SYSTEM STATES

PLANNING RESOURCE
AND SYSTEMS
SYNTHESIS MODEL

1PREDICTED
IDESIRED SYSTEM ICANDIDATE
ISYSTEM ISTATE iCONTROL
POLICIES ISTATE
AND
OBJECTIVES

RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
CONTROL
DESIGN AND
EVALUATION

I
VALIDAT D
CONTRO S

FLOW OF DATA
AND INFORMATION
CONTROL - - - FLOW OF CONTROL/
EXECUTION MANAGEMENT
FUNCTION

OPERATES-ON
BIOPHYSICAL
SUBSYSTEM

Figure 2-2. -Block biagram of Hawaii's Resource
Management/Controls Subsystem

2-5
@AL SU FB
RESOL
SYSTI
M OD

2.1 Continued.

the existing state, also assists in ascertaining the desired
system sta te. Accurate output of alternative system states from
the resource system model requires accurate and cur-rent informa-
tion. The planning and synthesis function determines informa-
tional needs which serve as inputs to the data acquisition,func-
tion. The data is acquired, processed and analyzed resulting in
information regarding the biophysical subsystem which serves as
input to the resources system model.

The resulting "desired system'/state" is input to the.
resource management control design and eveluation function. Here
various possible controls-are designed to achieve the "desired
system state". These alternative or candidate measures serve as-
input to the-resources system model for simulation analysis; and
the "predicted state" of the resource is input to the resource
management control design and evaluation function, which selects
the controls most closely approaching the desired system states.
These controls serve as the input to the control execution func-
tion which carries out the required actions.

These two subsystems are part of a larger coastal zone
management system and-interface as shown in Figure 2-3. The
planning and synthesis (decision making) function dictates the
informational requirements driving the data acquisition function
which measures the state of the biophysical resources. The
control execution function acts on the biophysical--resources to
bring them closer to the desired state or condition. Also
information from the resources systems model provides direct
input to the human production and consumption functions essential
for economic simulation and development.

2-6

...... NATURAL ..... DATA DATA
REPLENISHMENT ACQUISITION PROCESSING

L
INFORMATION
FLOW OF INFORMATION REQUIREMENT
I DATA
FLOW OF CONTROL; HUMAN I
ANALYSIS
MANAGEMENT FUNCTION ------- PRODUCTIO AND
N
DISSEMINATION
...... ,FLOW OF RESOURCE
FLOW OF MEASUREMENT
.. ......... 11@ I
L I POS IBLE
SY EM
w/9 IT TE
HAWAII'S
USABLE
LAND AND LAND M RESOURCE
DISCOVERY NATURAL ......... .......................... PLANNING AND SYSTEMS
SYNTHESIS
RESOURCE MODEL
(RESOURCE BASE)

I INFORMATION PREDICTEID, SYSTEM
U USE CANDIDATE
POLICIES & STATE r-b,
P/R PRODUCTION/REPLENISHMENT I OBJECTIV ES I CONTROL MEASURES
W/B WASTE/BIPRODUCTS U IF
DESIRED SYSTEM
M MEASUREMENT
C CONTROL STATE RESOURCE
L LOSS NATURAL MANAGEMENT
D -4@ :: I L-- -
EPLETION I - CONTROL
_j DESIGN AND
EVALUATION I

W/B VALIDATED
CONTROL

HUMAN ..... ....
CONTROL
CONSUMPTION EXECUTION

--j Figure 2-3. Block Diagram Hawaii Coastal Zone Management System

2.1 Continued.

There is no implicit requirement to apply advanced
technology in the process outlined above. Data acquistion, for
example, could consist exclusively of literature survey and
on-site inspection. Data'processing could be nothing more
sophisticated than typing of hand writt en notes. Similarly, the
resource systems model may be one person's intuitive knowledge
and understanding of the Hawaiian resources and political
environment,

There is an opportunity to apply advanced technology
to this system and increase significantly the efficiency and
responsiveness of the system. Data acquisition through data
analysis and dissemination functions can be accomplished in part
with remote sensing, increasing the completeness, accuracy and
timeliness of the measurement cycle. The Resources Inventory
System (automatic mapping) presently under development by the
Univer@sity of Hawaii Pacific Urban Studies Planning Program
(PUSPP) for CZM can-serve as the basis for a sophisticated resource
information system, which could significantly assist the planners
in choosing between alternative means to achieve CZM policies-and
goals.

2.2 Remote Sensing and the Planning Process.

2.2.1 General.

-Remote sensing is a relatively simple concept that has
evolved into a highly complex and.sopbisticated technology. The
more conventional elements of this technology, e.g., low

2-8

2.2.1 Continued.

altitude aerial photography, have received wide 'acceptance as'an.
'efficient method of providing biophysical information. However,
the more advanced techniques, e.g., multispectral analysis and
digital processing, are rapidly gaining acceptance on an
international basis. In the context of the Hawaii CZM program
the question is: What can remote sensing tell us about the
coastal environment of Hawaii? To-address this question puts
the emphasis on the environmental or resource aspect of the.
Hawaii CZM program. This approach is not unique, Jondrow (1975)
indicates the remote sensing technology usually addresses the
scientific aspect-of a problem--tnderstanding the biophysical-
attributes and r-elationships involved. This important question
was.initially addressed by ESL in our first year's report on the
Hawaii's CZM program and is discussed later in this report.
However, an equally important question, concerns the role of
remote sensing in the planning process. By,planning pro-cess
is meant the development of public policy and publi'd objectives'
with regard to some issue or problem and the implementation-'of
a method(s) to achieve.the objective(s).

The first problem'encountered in addressing the role
of remote sensing to the planning process concerns the completely
different-training and perspective of the policy planner and the
remote sensing technologists. on numerous occasions during the
past year ESL personnel have been asked the questions:

2-9

2.2.1 Continued.

0 What can you do with remote sensing?
0 What kind of information can you collect?"1

We have almost always replied: "Define your specific
informational requirements;

0 What cultural, or resource attributes do you
wish to measure,

0 How accurate and how frequently do you need the
information?

We -can then define a cost-effective data-collection and analysis
system to respond to these requirements."

To specify precise informational needs requires that
the planner-understand clearly public goals and objectives,with
respect to land use policies and their impact on the quality of
life. Ideally, the planner would assess-alternative means to
achieve the specified goals. This, in turn, would dictate-the
type, accuracy and frequency of information he requires to make
his assessment and would provide the technologist with concrete
requirements.,

1
One attempt to answer these questions was provided in last year's
Final Report, Appendix B, "Remote Sensing Literature Review".
This was not an effective means of communication and a remote
sensing seminar was held in March of this year to address this
problem partially. (See Section 3.1.)

2-10

2.2.1 Continued.

Unfortunately, public goals and objectives with regards
to land use policies and resource allocations are not easy to
define (Perlman and Ramey 1972). In fact "public goals and
objectives" is a theoretical concept often illusionary in
practice. When the "public" is divided.into various special
interest groups and unaligned laymen, the goals and objectives
either become contradictory or disappear completely. The planner
faced with,developing public policy under these conditions has a
very difficult time defining his informational requirements.

The technologist is often hampered by hisJ ack of
experience in perceiving the general context and political
realities of the planning process. The technologist typically
likes to proceed with the definable elements of the problem.
Decisions requiring the concurrence of many organizations and
perhaps the public as well and taking months to resolve.instead
of the one or two days initially scheduled are an anathema to
the technologist.

The social scientists, on the other hand,,are often
unable to understand the quantitative methods of the technologist.
In the case of remote'sensing, it may be difficult for the planner
to believe tha-t useful information can bel,obtained,from examining
data (recorded electromagnetic radiation) from 12 miles (U-2) or
500 miles (satellite) from the problem, Further, the interpreta-
tion process (the method by which the abstract EM radiations are
transformed into useful information) is not always understood;
and, in some cases, simply not trusted by the social scientist.
This probiem is not unique to the Hawaii CZM effort. It has

2-11

2.2.1 Continued.

been found to apply in the transfer of any high technology-to
the plann ing process (Perlman and Ramey 1972, Lionberger'196 0)..
Perlman and Ramey (1972) describe the above problem as one of
diversity", essentially representing a continuing situation
brought'on by the multi-di'sciplinary makeup of the social
scienti sts, remote se nsing engineers, computer specialists, and
resource analysts which make up the client-consultant team.

The solution to this problem is communication between
the technologists and the planners. This would, of necessity,
involve iterative interaction whereby ideas could be exchanged,
and viewpoints, concerns and doubts expressed.

Those elements of the coastal zone system (see Figure 2-3)
applicable to remote sensing and planning are the decision making
,functions (planning and synthesis) and the data acquisition
through analysis and dissemination functions. Planning derives
the required information,, accuracy and precision levels. The
raw data is acquired, Processed and analyzed resulting in informa-
-tion which-is then used in decision making. The problem, when
dealing with advanced technology is that many'individuals with
,different background and viewpoints perform the various functions.
If they each operate independently with minimum communication and
interaction, the process breaks down; and the-advanced technology
is -usually hot employed by the planning agency.

To circumvent this problem, ESL has recommended a CZM
informational clearing house or data facility. This facility
will serve, to integrate the planning, acquisition, and analysis

2-12

2.2.1 Continued.

elements of the system; and,also incorporate the'res-ource system-'
'model (CZM Information System) to support internal as'well as
external (Public participation) informational needs. Further
discussion of the'recommended CZM data facility is discussed
in Section 4.

2.2.2 Review of Recent Results.

This section provides a brief review of some of the
current-studies in planning and remote-,sensing.

The success' of a planning agency which jemploys remote
sensing techniques successfully is very.much influenced by the
nature of the planning agency involved. Goehring and McKnight
(1972) have studied two differen t planning agencies in the greater
Los Angeles, California, area with specific emphasis on-their use
of remote sensing. A brief-review of some of their-findings-is
appropriate to the use of remote sensing by DPED for the CZM

program.

The Community Analysis Bureau (CAB) is a separatelunit
of the Los Angeles city government est ablished in 1967 to prepare
a city-wide program to correct existing urban"'blight and deter
future blight and obsolescence. The Regional Planning Commission
(RPC) was established in 1923 to administer a zoning ordinance
and perform needed studies. However, due to the rapid growth of
the Los Angeles met ropolitan area, coupled with the state-of-the-
art of'city planning in the 1920s (Perloff, 1957), RPC established
and'administered zoning codes as a means to develop sound land

2-13

2.2.2 Continued.

use patterns (Goehring and McKnight, 1972). Physical planning,
emphasizing transportation networks and zoning code administra-
tion were the primary functions of RPC. Thus the RPC became the
land use regulator while the land developer and the assessor
perfo rmed the land planning of the county (Goehring and McKnight,
(1972). Goehring and McKnight (1972) further state "over the years
RPC planners have tried to integrate 'physical' (traditional) with
Isocial' (master) planning, but few have had major success. Code
administration still comprises a large share of planning work,
particularly in recently growing areas..."

The differing success of the two agencies emphasize both
the.need to define-clear cut objectives and the need for the
planning agency to incorporate new technologies in the planning

process.

the CAB has employed a systems approach to planning and
is developing a comprehensive information storage and retrieval
system using a variety of input data including that derived from
an analysis of remote sensing data. The objective' is clear;-
11correct existing blight and deter future blight and obsolescence".
-.Large scale (1:10,000) color infrared imagery wa s collected and
analyzed; and positive results were achieved in identifying and
delineating urban blight area (Goehring and McKnight, 1972).

As a result, rem.ote techniques are being fully integrated
into the planning function;. and sufficient funding has been allocated
to obtain the required data, equipment, personnel, and contract
support. Goehring and McKnight (1.972) state:

2-14

2.2.2 Continued.

The system is considered highly successful.
It has satisfied HUD to.the extent that the
grant is annually renewed and that the Bureau's
system of management procedures and approaches
is being recommended for adoption. Numerous
other 'varied reports on functions and areas
have also been prepared for city departments
and other public agencies. Remote sensing
reports have been produced at a high level of
detail for small areas to help assign FACE
(Federally Assisted Code Enforcement) funds.
Other reports, for larger areas, have been
prepared for city councilmen and for planning
studies of the City Planning Department. it

The RPC, on the other hand, used remote sensing data
(almost exclusively black and white photographs) on an inter-
mittent and ad hoc basis for many years (Goehring and McKnight
1972). Individual studies concerning land-use analysis of
selected areas for special purpose agricultural studies did employ
the use of remote sensing data. These were interspersed with
similar studies and programs using traditional ground survey
techniques. There was no mechanism to systemize the planning,
acquisition' analysis, and decision-making process; and the use
of remote sensing was left to the individual supervisor to deter-
mine. Goehring and McKnight (1972) report that the use was often
based upon free'data. In other words, the aerial photographs
were often collected for another purpose. This can sometimes
prove beneficial and save money, but can also result in marginal
or-totally unacceptable data for the purpose at hand.

Hill-Rowley, et.al. (1975) have found remote sensing
to benefit the planning and resource decision making pXocess in
two ways: (1) first generation direct action and (2) -second

2-15

2.2.2 Continued.

genera tion or indirect delayed action applications. An example
of (1) for Hawaii would be isolation and study of a specific
problem such as beach erosion at a given location. The problem
can be identified, an analysis method established, and results
obtained within a few months. An example.of (2) would be
systematic and continuing inventory of various-resource features
which, when studied over time, aid trend analyses by managing

agencies.

Hill-Rowley, et. al. (1975) discuss seven case-studies
to illustrate the many contrasts which can bedrawn between first
and second generation application studies. These include.
(1) multi-agency river basin planning; (2) corridor assessment
and route location for highway location together with improvement
of county-level planning decisions; (3) improving timber management
practices;-(-4) enforcement of new state statutes; (5) county-wide
open space.preservation; (6) land value reappraisal relative to
property-tax equalization; and (7) optimizing agri-business
processing plant locations.

Hessling (1975) reports significant cost savings in-the
preparation of land use maps from satellite imagery in response
to water quality planning as required by the Environmental Protec-
tion Agenci.es\Federal Water Pollution Control Act' of 1972
(PL 92-500). 'Hessling (1975) reports considerabl Ie success but
underscores the,importance of communication and close working
relationships between the planner and researcher as illustrated by
the following quote.

2-16

2.2.2 Continued.

The OKI@(Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Regional Council
@of Governments) project has'-clearly shown an
-important practical application of LANDSAT data.
Indications are that our success has already
encouraged several of the other existing and
potential water quality planning'agencies to
consider the use of LANDSAT generated data.
Furthermore, the planning applications need not
belimited to water quality analysis. As the
interpretative process becomes more sophisticated
and as planners-become more aware,of the potential
uses of such data, the scope,of its use will
undoubtedly expand to include-other.environmental
planning activities. For example, satellite
imagery may be the best way to monitor suburbani-
zatioh or land absorption. ,The extent to which
satellite imagery and related services will be
used for regional planning in the future may
depend upon improved communications and the
establishment of a closer working relationship
between the users and the researchers.

Jondrow (1975)'also reports success in transferring
remote sensing technology to state agency decision making
processes, but underscores the importance of communication between
the planning data acquisition, processing and analysis functions.
A remote sensing data center is also seen as a vehicle to
facilitate the communication requirement.

2.3 Analysis Techniques.

2.3.1 General.

To support DPED'sinventory and information gathering
needs, ESL has investigated several classification.sy stems and
analysis-techniques to optimize theenvironmental data collection

2-17

2.3.1 Continued.

and processing and analysis functions of the CZM system.* The
goal is to integrate various data sources and analysis techniques
into a cost-effective information gathering process. Considerable
effort was directed at developing a useful resource classification
system. The findings of this effort are presented under Section 3,
Inventories, to provide continuity' and readability of-ESL inventory
efforts and resulting output products. This section provides a.,
discussion of various image analysis techniques both of proven and
potential valu e to the CZM program.

Field observations, low altitude'panchromatic photographs,
high altitude color, and color infrared photographs, and LANDSAT
satellite data were investigated during the second year. 'This
combination of data sources resulted in a multilevel data
collection approach shown to be useful in other projects.

*NOAA's Coastal Zone 'Management Program, Development Grants,
305 Guidelines, Subpart C, Section 920.20(a) states:
"(a) It is clear that the process of developing (and
operating) a management program for the coastal,zone will
necessarily involve frequent-access to informational and
research sources. In many cases, adequate understanding of
questions such as dune stabilization, barrier beach dynamics.,
salt marsh productivity and estuarine circulation and flushing,
to mention only a few, will be needed in order to develop
successful management programs. Also, the process of
inventorying and mapping the nature of a State's zone, and
designation of areas of particular concern almost certainly
will-benefit from the application of technologies such as
those employing remote sensing."

2-18

2.3.1 Continued,

Traditional photo-interpretation techniques were
applied to low altitude black and white and high altitude color
and color infrared photographs. The interpreter-scientist relates
the size, shape, tone, -texture, shadow pattern and location of
the various objects and backgrounds as portrayed in the imagery
to the necessary resource or cultural information; (e.g., land use-,
vegetation, sedimentation source, soil erosion, marine habitat).
Inference, convergence of evidence, is-also a powerful technique
in deriving information from photographs. These techniques taken
in aggregate were-found useful in providing much of.the required
resource information. The reader desiring detailed methodology
of the interpretation process should consult any one of several@
standard references; e.g., American Society of Photogrammetry,
1960, 1975.

Moreover, additive color analysis was employed for
greater waterpenet ration,.capabilities; and.digital processing of
LANDSAT imagery was investigated to determine its usefulness to
the CZM program.

2.3.2 Water Penetration Analysis.

much of Hawaii's resource lies below the sea. To locate,
inventory and study these resources is a difficult task. Field
teams require SCUBA divers, boats 'and expensive equipment;
operation schedules are dependent on the weather. Therefore,
work is tedious and progress slow. When applied to subsurface
marine resources, remote sensing technology is confronted

2-19

2.3.2 --'Continued.

with its own set of problems. Much information can presently be
gained through this technology, and ongoing studies are expected
to resolve many of the problems and improve@the results.

@2.3.2.1 Discussion.

Near infrared (IR) energy is quickly absorbed,by water
resulting in very small amounts of IR light in water below one
meter (see Figure 2-4). IR photographs of deep water result in'a
black, devoid of light, image. Thus IR film, Kodak 2443 and
SO-127, furnishes very little data on subsurface phenomena below
3 to 4 meters.* True color films (SO-242 and 397) offer better
subsurface observation because they record energy in the blue and
green light bands which can, under ideal conditions, penetrate
through 200 meters of-sea water (Ros's, 1974).

Photography of the ocean floor depends-on (1) spectral
transmission characteristics and the water, _(2) spectral character-
istics of the substrate, and (3) sensitivity of recording media.

*Color infrared films (2443, SO-127) are sensitive to the ultra-
violet, visible, and near infrared portion of'the electromagnetic
spectrum. In practice, however, these films are-usually flown
with a Wratten 12 filter which eliminates all energy having a - I
wavelength shorter-than 5,10 nm. This still leaves the green and
red portions of the visible spectrum (510-700 nm) and some water
penetration is possible in this spectral region. -Beyond 700 Pm
water p enetration is very low.

2-20

100% MAXIMUM REFLECTION LITTLE REFLECTION LITTLE OR NO REFLECTION

UGHT*
PENETRATION

400 nm 600 tim 800 nm

BLUE GREEN RED INFRARED

Figure 2-4. Water Penetration as,a Function of Wavelength
absorbs more IR radiation resulting in little
penetration or reflection)

2.3.2.1 Continued.

(1) Spectral transmission characteristics of the water:
Particles suspended in the water column creating a turbid or.-
cloudy medium will scatter or absorb light. The more light
energy lost, the less will penetrate to reflect off the bottom.
Light rays must pass through-the atmosphere and the water column
twice; once, down from the light source, the sun; then, back up
to the r,ecording sensor, or camera. In addition, the sea surface,
roughed by action of the wind, scatters light. Waves and swell
of all periods down to the smallest capillary waves combine to
refract and reflect light rays into continually changing direc-
tions and even to focus small bundles of rays. Bubbles and spume
at the surface scatter the light even further. This entire.
phenomenon is further complicated by the combination of sun angle
and camera angle relative to the water"s surface (Jerlov, N.G.
and E.S. Nielsen, 1974). The physical properties of the light
waves will also react in the water adding another calibration
parameter which must be considered.

(2) Spectral characteristics of the substrata: The
image obtained by the camera system presents.a color contrast
image of what was focused upon. Thus the substrate or ocean
.bottom should have some contrast in order to produce a useful-
image. For example, dark coral with white sand channels will
present excellent contrast and therefore a high-quality image.
An all white sand bottom will present a continuous light shaded image.

H20 penetration tests presently focuslon individual
substrate parameters, i.e., red coral, black lava, or green
vegetation. This enables the investigative sensors to be set
up to optimize data collection for that particular parameter.

2-22

2.3.2.1 Continued.

(3) Sensitivity of the recording media: This refers to
the capabilities of the sensor (camera, scanner, etc.),.film type,
filter combination, platform and recording devices. Remote
sensing was originally designed for terrestrial observation. In
the-past 5-10 years, the use of cameras for subsurface data
collection has come under extensive research and development. The
primary study area is filter combination in order to take optimal
advantage of the individual properties of-light bands in the
seawater environment.

'In the course of our photographic interpretation and
analysis of the Hawaii test site areas, ESL has attempted to
improve upon conventional-methods for enhancement of information
output relative. to the ocean's substrate.

One technique employed was usi ng an International
Imaging Systems additive color enhancement device. An aerial
color transparency (SO-242 film type) of Kaneohe Bay was chosen
as a test site. A 70mm x 70mm area including a portion of the
barrier reef, patch "coral, deep channel, dredged coral, and sand
streaks was chosen-. First, the color positive transparency was
rephotographed, breaking down the image into three black and
white negatives, each negative representing a different color band
of the original photograph. A #25 red filter gave the red band
image negative; a #47B blue filter, the blue image negative; and
a #58 green filter, the green image negative. Each negative was
provided with a 'step wedge' ensuring calibration and equal
negative density. The light which passes through or is filtered

2-23

2.3.2.1 Continued.

from said negatives is due,to color differences in the scene, not
photographic devellopment processing. Figure 2-5A illustrates two
correctly calibrated negatives; allowing a composite image to
depict actual color differences, not differences caused by-the
density of one or the other negatives. Figure 2-5B depicts
improperly calibrated negatives which allow, with the same log
exposure, (admission of light'), a greater amount of red light to
pass through the red negative than blue light.-to pass through
the blue negative The resulting image erroneously displays
more red than it should because of photographic processing.
This is called color crossove r. Thus, step one in this inter-
pretative technique is proper calibration of negatives..

2-24

A
BLUE AND RED

DENSITY

LOG-EXPOSURE (AMOUNT OF LIGHT)

BLUE
RED

DENSITY

LOG EXPOSUIRE

Figure 2-5. Photo Calibration Curves

These curves plot the density of the photo negative
-against the log exposure or 'exposure td.light. The curves
indicate the compatibility of individual (blue, green, red)
spectral ba'nds negative density -relative to the photographic
development process.

2-25

2.3.2.1 Continued.

The three negatives, representing the three primary
colors blue, green, and red, are inserted into the additive color
enhancer. A composite image is displayed and can be enhanced to
optimize key resource readout. The composite image can be formed
with all or any of the negatives and the light intensity on each
negative can be varied. Figure 2-6 shows four images from several
dozen photo'graphe,d-off the machine's image presentation screen.
Figure 2-6A shows an image formed from all three negatives at
equal light intensity. The result is a true color picture similar
to the original photograph. Figure 2-6B is a composite formed by
the green negative/light intensity 9 and the blue negative/light
intensity 3.5. This combination eliminates the red light'and
focuses primarily on the green. in figure 2-6C the green negative
light intensity 9-and the red negative-light intensity 9-eliminates
the blue light and,focuses on contrast enhancement between deep
and shallow objects. Figure 2-6D combines the blue negative-light
intensity 9-and the green negative-light intensity 9. -The blue-
green combination should provide maximum depth penetration.
Reduced energy attenuation will permit the light energy to reach-
and-illuminate,,the deeper ocean substrate and allow the reflected
image to be transcribed on the recording sensor.

It is difficult to determine the best film/filter
'combinations without identifying a specific purpose. Each'
combination will enhance the image for a particular spectral
response. Thus, a composite picture should be closely examined
relative to A specific task. Recommended reading is D. S. Ross'
Experiments in Oceanographic Aerospace Photography@ Some FiZms
and Techniques for Improved Ocean Image Recording, (1974).

2-26

I-W

IMT

C D

Figure 2-6. Photographs Enhanced by Color Additive Process

2-27

2.3.2.1 Continued.

A second technique examined was photographic analysis
-via a color densitometer. This device picks up very minor shifts
in film density which would represent minor shifts in color
..contrast, an indication of substrate difference. Again, the
machine breaks down the color bands presenting density readings
for each band. Table 271 shows readings.taken from the same
photographic transparency of Kaneohe Bay used in the previous
study.

Comparison of the densitometer readings from the various
substrate types gives an indication of density diff-erence.by
color band. For example, shallow water sand and shallow water
terrestrial sedimentation have similar readings in the green and
red bands. The blue band, however, shows a significant separation
(1.55 vs.- 1.98) indicating that a blue filter/film combination
'would be optimal for comparison studies of these two substrates
Similar readings in all bands indicate substrate contrast
differentiation for the two categories, natural substrate, deep
water and dredged coral reef. This kind of data will indicate,
in time, the extent to which various categories can bedist-inguished,
the band combination providing this data, and the film/filter
'binations which will optimize future data collection eff
.com orts
in specific areas.-

2-28

ings
Table 2-1. MacBeth TD-504 Color Densitometer Read'
From Positive Color Transparency of
Kaneohe Bay

Filtered
Densitometer Readings*
Substrate Description Blue Green Red
Submerged coral reef 1.57 5.79 6.03
Dredged coral reef 1.22 5.61 5.97
Natural substrAte-deep water 1.20 5.60 5.96
Submerged reef; terrestrial sediment 1.81 5.90 6,07
Dredged reef; terrestrial sediment 1.40 5.75 6.06

Shallow coral 1.35 5.77 6.07

Shallow sand 1.55 -5.94 6,.10

Sand bar 2.59 6.42 6.30
Deep water- 0.54 5.39 5.48
Shallow water, terrestrial sediment 1.98, 5.96 6.07
Above:surface island 2.09 6.00 6.06

*The numerical reading is relative only to other readings.

2-29

2.3.2.1 Continued.

The use of thermal scanning devices is also being
studied for water analysis. This R&D is being done outside the
auspices of Hawaii's CZM program; but, since the results may be of
value to that program, Iits progress is being monitored. The Bering
Sea Marine Mammal Experiment (BESMEX) is studying.the-life history
and distribution of marine mammals in the Bering Sea by recording
temperature differences between the warm blooded walrus hauled out
on the ice floe and the cooler background of its environment.
.Another experiment is a soil moisture study which correlates the
presence of water in the-soil with soil surface temperature.

The results. of these studies, since they.relate to no
.specific task and are still in a research mode, have been examined
with future collection and analysis techniques in mind. The
primary purpose is to establish an awareness by the ultimate
user, the planner and manager, of the possibilities, al ternatives
and opportunities open to the technical scientist in obtaining
data and extracting information.

2.3.3 Analysis of LANDSAT Data.*

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration LANDSAT
satellite presently obtains coverage of large portions of the
earth on a repetitive 18-day cycle. The data is available at
low cost through the U. S. Department of the Interior EROS Data
Center in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Because of the ready
availability of this data at low cost and the.18-day repetitivd

*See Appendix D for LANDSAT coverage over Hawaii through
22 July 1976.

2-30

2.3.3 -- Continued.

cycle,* it has the potential to make a significant contribution to
a multi-source (satellite, aircraft, ground) inventory and
monitoring program. Mr. Ed Petteys of the Hawaii State Division
of Forestry has been studying the use of LANDSAT imagery and
digital processi.ng relative to the Hawaiian Ohia forest decline
problem. He presente d an excellent progress paper on this topic
at the D.P.E.D. Remote Sensing seminar held in Hawaii last April
(reference 4.2 this report). As part of the methodology develop-
ment task, ESL undertook a preliminary study to determine the
utility of the data source to provide useful information to the
Hawaii CZM program.**

2.3.3.1 Analysis Approach.

Because of the small scale (1:1,000,000) of,standard
hardcopy LANDSAT data and the poor resolution of the humary eye
(approximately 7 line pairs/mm), traditional p hoto interpretation
of 1ANDSAT data is not particularly effective. The inherent
information content of the LANDSAT data simply cannot be extracted
using these techniques. Recent advances in digital software and
hardware for earth resource applications, coupled with the fact
that IANDSAT data is initially in digital forma t, strongly suggest
a digital processing approach to LANDSAT analysis.

With LANDSAT 1 and 2 the-repetitive cycle is now 9 days.
"This portion of ESL's report is the most technical of all. It
involves a description'of data gathered via space vehicle and
processed through an advanced computer complex. It is difficult
-for the layman to understand, but it is even more difficult for
the scientist to explain -in other than the appropriate technical
language. The process holds great promise but requires'a real
commitment in effort and understanding to deliver-as many hope
it will deliver.

2-31

2.3.3.1 Continued.

Digital processing itself has many degrees of sophis-
tication. Image enhancement techniques such as density slicing,
contrast stretching and spectral ratioing have-shown considerable
.promise. Essentially, the original image-is enhanced or modified
to bring out subtle features not easily observed in the original.
In all cases the final image is then further interpreted by
trained analysts using traditional techniques. The full dynamic
range of sign al intensities can be displayed and the data
magnified so that individual resolution or picture elements
(pixels) are readily observed. Thus, the-inherent information
content of the data can be realized to a greater extent.

Another class of digital processing routines,subjects
each pixel to adecision rule which classifies the pixel into
one of several predetermined classes. The computer automatically
classifies every pixel, thus freeing the interpreter from much of
the delineation aspects'of the interpretation process and allows
him to concentrate on establishing the significance of what is
presented.

The second type of processing has generally been found
to have value for most resource applications and also lends itself
to quantitative analysis. ESL's study, therefore, concentrated
on digital classification techniques.

2.3.3.2 Test Site Location.

The Koh,ala-Kamakua Coast on the Island of Hawaii from
Kawaihae to immediately south of Kiholo Bay and extending
approximately ten (10) miles inland was used as a test site. This

2-32

2.3.3.2 Continued.

coincides with the Kona test site of the first year. In April
and May of 1975, an ESL field reconnaissance team, including
remote sensing analysts and resource specialists, accompanied by
several local specialists, obtained ground truth information-in"
this,area., Thi's field data aided in the-interpretation of U-2
-color infrared photographs at scales of 1:65,000 and 1:130,000.
A detailed interpretation of these photographs for the Hawaiian.
Coastal Zone Management (CZM) program was accomplished by ESL
(lur'ing,the first.year's CZM program; and the resulting land use,
vegetation, marine and transportation maps (1:24,000 scale) a*re
available from the Department of Planning and Economic Development.
The classification system employed in that effort (see Table 2-2)
was used in this study to evaluate the utility of LANDSAt data
for inventory applications in Hawaii,

The'LANDSAT digital image used in this study was obtained
on 11 February 1973. The scene identification number is 1203-20182
and covers the entire Island of Hawaii. The areal coverage of
this scene is approximately 100 by 100 nautical miles and contains
7,581,600 digital units jpixels). However, the test area chosen.
was 450 by 512 pixels and comprises approximately 1/33 of the
entire scene. Each pixel represents approximately 1.1 acres of
coverage on the ground, in this case 253,440 acres. -

2.3.3.3 Analysis Procedures..

An ESL HP3000 minicomputer and the Interactive Digital
Image Manipulation System (IDIMS) software programs were utilized
in this study. A computer-compatible tape (CCT) was obtained

2-33

Table 2-2. Classification System Kona Test Site, Hawaii

CZM Map
Symbol Category
Al Dense Ohia Forest
A2 Open Ohia Forest
B2 Open Mixed Forest (Ohia)
B3 Open Mixed Forest (Lama)
C Silk Oak/jacaranda
Dl Dense Kiawe
D2 Open Kiawe.
El Fountain Grass/Kiawe
E2 Fountain Grass/Open Mixed Forest
E3 Fountain Grass/Upland Shrub
E4 Fountain Grass
F Feathery Pennisetum
Gl Upland Shrub/Grass
G2 Mixed Shrub/Grass
H Improved Pasture
i Unimproved Pasture
K Eucalyptus
M Lava/Sparse Vegetation
N Bare Lava
0* Coconut Palm Grove
P* Residential
Rl* Recreational - Park
R2 Recreational - Golf Course
R3* Recreational - White Sand Beach
S* Industrial
Tl* Commercial - Business and Services
T2,* Commercial - Resort/Hotel
U* Marina/Harbor
V Dredge Fill/Extractive
W* Fish Pond/Lagoon,
Xl* Mixed Sand Area
X2* Mixed'Shoreline
Y* Airport

*Not included in LANDSAT Training Site selection due to insuffi-
cient sample size within the test area.

For a detailed description of the above categories see Hawal.1,
CoastaZ Zone Management PZan DeveZopment: The AppZication of
Remote Sensing and Computer Systems, ESL Incorporated, June 1975.

2-34.

2.3.3.3 Continued.

from the EROS Data Center to allow IDIMS programmanipulation of
the data and application of various program functions.

Once the data was entered into@the computer, the test
site was se.1ected.and viewed on a-high resb.lution,COMTAL color
monitor display. A total of 512 by 51. 2 pixels canbe viewed at
one time in a single display image on this device. The entire
test site or any des.ired,por'tion can be displayed and the scale
may be enlarged to facilitate visual.interpretation.' A total of
127 possible gray levels which contr ibute to the digital i.-Liage
are expanded to 256 and can be displayed with various.color
assignments creating a pseudo-color display image. A trackball
type cursor is.utilized to-alter gray scale or color combinations,
thereby,enhancing categories of particular interest,,or changing
,the representative color of each classified phenomenon displayed.

Using the IDIMS trackball cursor, irregular polygonal
'training" areas representing the classes shown in Table 2-2 were
input into the system within.the displayed test area as shown in
Figure 2-7.

Those items in Table 2-.2 indicated by anasterisk'(*)
were not included in the supervised training selection due to
insufficient sample size within the.test area. Fifty-nine
training sets'representing'22 class'categories were delineated
and examined individually, at.enlarged - scales,'in order to.
determine the positional accuracy,,rof the sample site selection.

2-35

f* @Ql% t

1@4

t
NA
411V

Figure 2-7. Selected LANDSAT Training Areas

2.3.3.3 Continued.

Each training area was processed by a clustering algorithm
which breaks up each input training area into its natural reflec-
-tance groups or clusters. The output product of-the clustering
algorithm and a statistical process'ing program@ is a list of the
identified clusters, a symbol for use by line printer, the number
of'pixels in each cluster, the mean response value (0-127).for
each band or channel of the LANDSAT scene, the corresponding means,
standard deviations, distance between 'clusters, and covariance
.matrix. An example of this is shown in Table 2-3 for fountain
grass/Kiawe.

The size of the training area ranges'from_approximately
15 acres to several hundred acres. When employing a s upervised
training exercise, the goal is to input training areas which
represent homogeneous classes. In practice, however, some
variation exists; and the'clustering will bring out these
differences. In many cases, different objects will be included
in -a training area; for example, small patches of vegetation in
a 1 ava field, or ranch houses and buildings in an improved pasture.
The clusters representing these objects must be deleted from the
input training,c.lass and reassigned to others'or a new class
designated. For this particular study, the 22 input classes were
initially represented by 68gray level clusters prior to detailed
examination and redesignation of clusters to appropriate classes.
The entire test area was then classified by the maximum likelihood
decision rule using the statistics,for,ea.ch band generated by the
training samples. The result is that each pixel in the scene is
assigned to,a particular cluster group. These cluster groups
are then further combined.to form a spectrally distinct class,

2-37

Table 2-3. Example of Statistical Analysis for
Fountain Grass/Kiawe Category Test
Sample,

ESL IMAGE PROCESSING LABORATORY.
El SIGMA 2.0

TOTAL NUMBER OF POINTS 83

CLUSTER SYMBOL POINTS IN CLUSTER
15
2 2 44
3 3
4 4 14

MEANS

CLUSTER CH( 1) CH( 2) CH(,3) C11( 4)
1 30.93 24.73 31.93. 29 * 87
2 29.05 24.11 23.70 18.64
3 23.70 16.50 13.60 10.40
4 30.21 25.29 29.00 25.43

STANDARD DEVIATIONS

CLUSTER CH( 1@ CH( 2) CH( 3) CH( 4)
1 2.59 2.32 1.98 1.71
2 1.31 1.40 1.90 1.69
3 1.27 1.43 2.50 3.32
4 2.01 1.98 1.46 2.19

DISTANCES BETWEEN CLUSTERS

CLUSTER 1 2 3 4
1 .00
2 7.92 .00
.3 13.08 8.92 .00
4 2.90 4.85 11.82 .00

2-38

2.3.3.3 Continued,

which in turn establishes a classification system for the area.
Each class should ultimately represent a significantly valuable
and distinct category to the intended user; for examp .le, commercial
timberland, improved pasture, recreational areas, and so forth.
At this point, the level of.detail becomes important. A classi-
fication.system that is too general may be oflittle value for
planning or management purposes, whereas a highly detailed
classification scheme may become too cumbersome or mapped with
insufficient accuracy, therefore limiting its usefulness.

When the classification process was complete, an
algorithm was usedto estimate the category conditional probability
distribution from which the decision rule is construct ed. A line
printer map wasthen created which indicated the probability of
correct assignment for each pixel relative to its classification
group on the basis of 0.(poor) to 9 (excellent). This map was
used to test the reliability of the interpreted.categories, but
was not examined. extensively on this project due to time
constraints. -This remains an important area for additional,
future study.

The classification results or output image,of the
.maximum likelihood run were initially obtained on a line printer
map.-geometrically corrected and registered to the 1:24,000 scale
USGS quadrangle maps, then compared to the previous completed
1:24,000 scale maps derived through field reconnaissance and,
U-2 photographs.

2-39

2.3.3.3 Continued.

To facilitate the comparison of the line printer map
and comparison'of Spec -trally similar classes,- multiple line,
printer maps were created, each containing,only two or three
classes, all other pixel elements reading as blank spaces.
Whole classes or individual clusters within a class-were then,
reassigned to improve the accuracy.of the output with,some loss
of precision. As a result, the 22 input classes were reduced
to a final figure of 14 interpreted class categories (see
Table 2-4)

The classified-image is then redisplayed on the COMTAL
color video screen and each of the 14-class categories (see
Table 2-4) are a.ssiqned a distinct color. The image is now an
"interpreted" display or map rather than the initial LANDSAT
multiband image which represents only raw uninterpreted reflectance
data. Finally,, the classified image is run through a smoothing
routine, which provides an image output depicting more homogeneous
blocks of individual-category types. -Figure 2-8 represents the
final image output of the 14 class categories with their--respective
color assignments as displayed on the COMTAL color monitor.

2.3.3.4 Results and Conclusions.

The use of land use inventory categories generated by the
intepretation of U-2 photographs over this test site provided a
rigid test of LANDSAT interpreted capabilities. Working under the
assumption that the U-2 provides more detailed'information about-a
given.area than can be extracted from a LANDSAT image, the classi-
fied output categories were examined against U-2 data. Those
categories found in Table 2-2 but not found in Table 2-4 were

2-40

Table 2-4. Final 14.Category LANDSAT Classification Code

Category Cluster No. 'Color Pixels % Site

1. Shallow water 1,2 LIGHT BLUE 9948 4.317
2. Deep Water 3 BLUE 24695 10.718
3,. Bare Lava 4,5,6,37 BLACK 13265 5.758
4. Shrub Types 7,8,43,44 DARK BLUE 11383 4.941
a. Lowland Mixed Shrub
b. Fountain Gr@ass/
Upland Shrub
5, Open Kiawe , 9,13,14,15,16, RED 40531 17*590
a. Feathery Pennisetum/ 21, 22, 23, 24,
Kiawe 51, 52, 53
b. Open Kiawe
c. Fountain Grass
d. Fountain Grass/Open
rmixed Forest (includes
Kiawe)
6. Dense Kiawe 10,11,12 YELLOW 2850 1.237
7. Improved Pasture/ 17,25,26,27,28 GREEN 6878 2.985
Golf Course
8. Mixed Grass/Shrub 18,39,40,41,45, DARK GREEN- 47397 20.571
Open Mixed Grasses/ 46,47,62,63,64
Unimproved Pasture 65,66,67,68
9. Dredge/Coral Fill 19,20 SAND 941 .408
10. Silk Oak/Jacaranda 29,30 PURPLE 1917 .832
11. Clouds/Cloud Shadow 21,32,33,34,35, WHITE.. 23950 10.39-4
36,38
12. Ohia Forest Types 42,54,56 BROWN 23046 .10.003
a. Dense Ohia
b. Open Ohio Forest
c. Ohio/Koa Forest
13. Lava/Sparse Vegetation 49,50 AQUA 12764
14. a. Open Mixed Forest 48,55,57,58,59 PEACH 10835 4.701
b. Eucalyptus 60,61
230,400 100.000

2-41

4.1

all Figure 2-8.. Digitally,Processed Output Image of LANDSAT E
Showing Destruction of 14 Land Cover Types

2.3.3.4 Continued.

either too small in areal extent to be discernible by LANDSAT or
too complicated in,physical composition to be classified as a
distinct int-erpretive category, based on the analy-ais techniques
employed by this study. The result is that the LANDSAT land use/
inventory capabilities are tested to a rigid extreme by applying
a classification scheme which 1-s comprised of significantly more
detailed categories than the satellite scanning system can be
expected to discern.

In general, the final LANDSAT output was accurate with
few exceptions, in terms of those phenomena actually contained-
within the test site and their spatial distribution. On a br oad
scale, those phenomena which actually occur in the lowland portion
of the test site did categorize properly. This was also true for
upland (higher elevation) class phenomena; although to a lesser
degree (Table 2-5) rates the accuracy of the various classes
selected showing which can stand alone within probable CZM
standards and which require further classification processing.

Within this test site, as one proceeds from the coast
inland to/the higher elevations,,.the physical characteristics or
makeup of the land changes dramatically and becomes more complex.
The upland area is characterized by numerous physical categories
ranging from unimproved pasture areas to complex forest stands.
This portion of the test site was much harder to categorize
accurately because of this complexity. For example, forest
stands ranged from pure Ohia and Ohia-Koa stands to Open Mixed
Forest areas. The general mapping and delineation of the combined
forest types were good. The spectral signature of each specific

2-43

Table 2-5. Evaluation of LANDSAT Classification Results

Category' Ability to Classify/Remarks
1. Shallow water Excellent
2. Deep Water Excellent
3. Bare Lava Excellent
4. Shrub Types:
Lowland-Mixed
Shrub Good - Some confusion
Fountain Grass/
Upland Shrub Poor - better sample data needed
5. Kiawe Types:
Feathery Penni-
setum/Kiawe Excellent.
Open Kiawe Excellent
Fountain Grass Excellent
Fountain Grass/
Open Mixed
Forest (includes
Kiawe),_ Fair - requires very precise clustering
procedure
6. Dense Kiawe Excellent
7. Improved Pasture/
Residential - I
Golf Courses Good - could not separate improved
pastures from golf courses based on-
spectral signatures alone
8. Mixed Grass/Shrub
Open Mixed.Gra:sses/
Unimproved Pasture Good - very mix ed category
9. -Dredge Coral Fill Good - terms of application must be
better defined
10.'Silk Oak/Jacaranda Fair - boundary determination errors
11'. Clouds Good - slight confusion 'with sun glint
Cloud Shadow Good - some confusion with dark lava
12. Ohia Forest Types:
Dense Ohia Good - slight confusion with Ohia/Koa
category
Open Ohia Forest Fair - some confusion with Dense Ohia
category
Ohia/Koa Forest Fair - some confusion with Dense Ohia
category
13. Lava/Sparse Vege-
tation Excellent
14. Open Mixed-Forest Poor - requires more precise clustering
within this category
Eucalyptus Fair - areas too small and scattered to
be distinct

2-44

2.3.3.4 continued@

type was not always distinct due to gradients of the various
forest types. For example, as,one distinct.tree category blends,
into another, a"gray" area,in terms of cover classification may
occur, resulting in a confused output boundary between the two
phenomena. This type of problem is also foun'd'using traditional
photo interpretation techniques and even with field observations.

Within polygons classified as mixed forest areas, some
confusion occurred in the classifying process owing to the varying-,
per' centages of,indlividual treetypes within-the mixed f*orest
area. For example@, one.area may contain as few as 10% kiawe
trees while another-area may contain as ma ,ny as 40% kiawe trees,
which result in slightly different spectral signatures. (Both
areas should be classified as mixed forest, however.) This
difference necessitates either the use of ancillary data sources,
(e.g., U-2 photography, field notes) to resolve data conflicts or
a change in the classification scheme to reflect density changes.

One problem area, known as image,. "banding," was
especially apparent in the ocean area near Kiholo Bay. In image
banding, a line of horizontally (left to right) erroneous pixels
is created during the or iginal generation of the image. There is
no precise way to recapture true reflectance values for these
pixels, however, several methods.for improvement exist. The first
is to isolate and analyze the areas of banding and process the
pixels through one of several routines to replace the erroneously,
classified pixels with category assignments based on,a spectral.
averaging of surrounding pixels. Although this procedure is
practical, it,is not the most accurate. With,extensive banding,)

2--45

2.3.3.4 Continued.

a second solution is to replace erroneous data with substitute
pixel data.,over the same area from another LANDSAT image. A third
approach consists of deleting the erroneous data pixels and
analyzing the voids with other data sources (e.g., low altitude
photographs). The optimum method would depend upon the precise
purpose of the inventory and the ultimate user requirements.

Classification of two spectrally similar but *terres-
trially different features of the same phenomenon was a second
problem encountered. one example of this occurred in the output
products g enerated by this study effort. Cloud shadow was defined
and delineated as.a spectrally discrete phenomenon in the classi-
fication procedure. Bare exposed lava flows were also classified
as a distinct and separate interpretive category. However,
individual lava flows are spectrally quite different from one
another and thus this category comprised a number of gray levels
or clusters, all of which represented bare exposed'-lava. One
lava flow cluster signature exhibited a very dark spectral response
which, on the basis of initial classification procedures, was
classified as cloud shadow. It is expected that increased
samples to a tighter or more precise clustering of cloud shadow
and lava will help to separate these items.

2.3.3.5 Recommendations.

LANDSAT has found considerable acceptance in the
continental U.S.A. and there is an increasing awareness on the
part of resource and planning agencies of its advantages and
limitations. ESL is presently involved in extensive use of

2-46

2.3.3.5 Continued.

LANDSAT imagery f or quantitative resource inventory in forestry,
range, wildlife habitat, and water demand. In each of these
studies, some parameter (eg., the volume of timber by species
per acre) is measured quantitatively. Digital LANDSAT processing
is, of necessity, combined with photo interpretation and selected
field observation-to produce the final result. Sampling techniques
for photo interpretation and field plots are designed to adhere to
program objectives and cost.

Based upon this and other studies, ESL has four
recommendations to make to the Hawaii CZM planning staff. The
numerical sequence of the recommendations is important since the
later recommendations are based on the success and direction of

th-e earlier ones.

1. Determine the future availability and quality
(cloud free images) of LANDSAT data over the
-state of Hawaii.

2. Based upon the first and second detail levels
generated through the resource inventory
methodology study (see Section 3), determine
whether LANDSAT data is the most cost-effective

method of data collection.

3. Based upon the desired accuracy and precision
levels, structure the necessary'data collection
platform combination (LANDSAT, U-2, low altitude.j.-
ground teams) to perform the task.

2-47

2.3.3.5 Continued.

4. Establish the process by which repetitive classi-
fications are accomplished over time.

2.3.4 Future Systems.

.-Remote sensing is a dynamic technology. Improvements
occur rapidly offering more diverse and sophisticated data
collection systems. Supplementing the technological improvements
are the past and ongoing projects which, during operational use,
lead to the development of new application methods and the improve-
ment of old ones. Some of the anticipated future projects, which
are primarily under NASA auspices, which will impact remote
sensing technology and potential applications, are discussed in
the following paragraphs.

The following spacecraft and aircraft programs are either
presently operational or are complete.1y,pew programs still in a
research developmentmode. The progress of these programs is being
tracked for possible future input into the Hawaii CZM program.
Relevance to resource inventory tasks-is derived from the mission
of the project.

a. Spacecraft

1. LANDSAT (Environmental'Land Satellite)

1, 2 and C.

(This satellite is@also known as ERTS-- Earth
Resource Technological Satellite)

2-48

2.3.4

-Mission: Earth Resource Survey.
Orbit: 900 km (570 miles) and sun
synchronous.
Sensors: Return beam vidicon (rev)* and
4-channel'multispectral scanner.
LANDSAT C will have an RBV,
improved resolution (better than
1.1 acre) and 5th-channel for
collecting thermal data..
Launch Data- LANDSATs 1 and 2 are operational
and C has a 1977 launch date.,
LANDSAT follow-ons are also

planned for 1981 and 1982. With
both 1 and 2-satellites in orbit,
coverage can be obtained every
9 days.

2. Nimbus G Satellite.,

Mission: Atmospheric pollution monitoring
and coastal ocean monitoring.
Orbit: 1110 km (@90'miles), sun
synchronous (high noon).
-Sensors: Multispectra 1 scanners,
spectrometers, microwave
radiometer, infrared radiometer.

Launch-Date: 1979.

*A malfunction occurred and little data has been,collected from
this sensor.

2-49

2.3.4 Continued.

3. SeaSat A (Sea Satellite.).

Mission: Day and night capability;
observation of oceanic, atmos-
pheric, and solid earth
geophysics.
orbit: 800 km (500 miles), 108 degrees

inclined.

Sensors: Active radar, passive microwave,
and'infrared.

Launch Date: 1978.

References: McCandless, Jr., S.W., 1975,
Sea Sat-A--A Product of User
Interests. 10th Intl.-Syffip.
on Rem. Sensing-of Env.,

4. Synchronous Earth Observation Satellite.

Mission: Earth Resources Survey,
Meteorology, and Warning.
Orbit: Synchronous equatorial.
Sensors: Large earth survey telescope,
thermal advance atmospheric
sounder and imaging radiometer,
microwave sounder, and framing

camera.

Launch Date: 1985 time frame.

2-50

2.3.4 continued.

b. Aircraft

Aircraft Sensor

-1. NP-3A Photographic, infrared microwave
2. NC-130B Photographic, multispectral and

infrared
3. CY-990 Photographic, microwave, etc.
4. WB-57F Photographic, multispectral,

infrared

5. U-2 Photographic, multispectral

infrared

A U-2 aircraft collected over 2,600, color, color
infrared, and black and white photographs of the Hawaiian Islands
in October 1974, and July 1975. All photographs were furnished to
DPED in duplicate at no cost. The plane is scheduled to
return to Hawaii in October 1976.

Several typical on-going user projects utilizing remote
sensing data are'listed in Table 2-6.

ESL's ongoing task is to track these systems as they
develop, to examine their potential and relevance to Hawaii's
Coastal Zone Program and, where applicable, to begin methodology
studies for their implementation.

2-51

Table 2-6. Typical Ongoing LANDSAT Demonstration Projects

Project Mission

LACIE (Large Area Crop Focus: Global Crop Prediction
Inventory Experiment User: USDA and NOAA

Snow Mapping Focus: Snow Aerial Extent
User: Various agencies

PNRC (Pacific Northwest Focus: Regional,Natural
Regional Commission Resources-Inventory
A. Forest inventory

B. Noxious weed inven-

tory
C. Water demand

D. Land resource

(land use)

E. Coastal zone resource
F. Range and wildlife

resource
User: Washington, Oregon,

Idaho

Automated Fire/We"ather Focus: Fire Weather-Data
Data System Acquisition/pissemination
User: California

Mississippi Natural Focus: Natural Resource

Resources Inventory
User: Mississippi

2-52

INVENT^RY.

3.1 Introduction.

The second year focused additional effort or'i-inventory
products to evaluate developing methodology. many of the inter-
pr-etive and analytic techniques discussed in Section 2 were
put to use in establishing an optimal multiple data collection
system. As each aspect of ESL's inventory work is-discussed in
the following subsections, the various combinations of data
sources are pres ented.

.An important aspect of ESL's CZM inventory task is
that of conVerting raw data into relevant information and then
presenting that in-formation as an understandable, useful tool
for non-scientifically oriented planners. This task includes:

Definition of categories of required information

2) Formulation of a meaningful classification system

3) Providing adequate accuracy and detail within
that classification system without exceeding
funding limitations

4) Furnishing a presentation system which will allow
easy access, be graphically sufficient and
facilitate and support user decisions with
scientific documentation.

3-1

3.1 Continued.

The following subsections discuss specific inventory
work accomplished by ESL this year. This includes 1) theis tate-
wide wetlands study undertaken in conjunction with the U. S.' Army
Corps of Engineers, 2) the Kauai County inventory, and 3) geograph-
ically specific problem analysis areas.

ESL's inventory task produced maps, classifications,
formats, etc. The output products are described and discussed
in this report; however, the nature of these products precludes
complete inclusion within this document. it is imperative for
the output products themselves to be carefully examined and
critiqued by planners, public committees and others in order to
be truly valuable. A methodology study must be tested by users-
and modified,-by feedback until a viable system has'been achieved.
Prior to embarking on a full-scale statewide inventory, each
parameter must be understood, questions resolved and, most
importantly, the avenue established to ensure a flow.of informa-
-tion from the scientist,,to the coastal zone manager, to the
public. Information concerning ESL's second year maps, overlays,
photo copies, photo enlargements, etc., is available at the -1
Department of Planning and Economic Development, Kamamalu Building,

Honolulu.

3.2 Wetlands Inventory.

The Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program, realizing
the importance of wetland areas and the impact those areas have
on planning and management decisions in the coastal zone,-began-,

-3-2

3.2 Continued.

discussin@ a wetland survey early in 1976. Following negotiations
with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, a coope rative statewide
wetlands inventory effort between the Hawaii CZM Program and the
Corps was undertaken.* This two-phase program, begun in late
February 1976, was to combine the capabilities and outputs of
each participant into a single, informative document as cost-
effectively as possible.

Phase one, supported by the CZM program, consists of
identifying and locating all significant wetlands, or pro bable
wetlands in the state. The output product is an overlay regis-
tered to the 7.5 USGS quadrangle maps indicating the general type
and location of the wetland.

Phase two, to be conducted by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers, will visit each indicated site, determine if the
wetland should be included in the inventory and if so, obtain
detailed vegetation and ecological information.

The purpose of this survey is to supply wetland
location information to CZM planners and furnish U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers an accurate location map to facilitate their field

*The CZM Act itself urges close cooperation between Federal and
state agencies in exercising managerial control-over the Coastal
,Zone. 305 Guidelines, Section 920.21, recommends the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers as a source of information. This cooperative
.-wetland study ensures coordination between Federal and state
powers on issues affecting wetlands within the Coastal Zone.
(NOAA Threshold Paper No. 5, State-FederaZ interaction
NationaZ Interests.)

3-3

.3.2 Continued.'

investigations of individual wetlands..* Eventually their infor-
mation on species &iscription, distribution and productivity will
be combined with CZM's mapping survey to produce a statewide wetland
document. This joint effort represents a good example of multi-
level data.gathering and a cost-effective method of obtaining
desired information.

,3.2.1 Phase One Study.

The Coastal Zone Management (ESL Incorporated) portion of
I I
the wetland,study is based primarily upon aerial photographic
interpretation of, high altitude color infrared photographs of
October 1974 and July 1975 and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' low
altitude, black and white shoreline photographs of 1975 and 1976.
General wetland type (e.g., lowland meadow, estuarine, salt marsh,
etc.) is provided with more precise vegetation species-descriptions
included where ESL field teams have gathered ground truth support
data. Wetland delineation ov er the entire State of Hawaii has been
accomplished for those wetlands approximately five acres or greater
in size. Gaps in the statewide aerial coverage, due mainly to
cloud cover, necessitated that ancillary information sources be
utilized (USGS quadrangle maps) in some areas.

For this study a wetland is defined as "areas having,wet,
marshy soil conditions, frequently inunda ted by or covered with
fresh, brackish or saline water, subject to tidal, riparian or

*Discussions with Hawaii's U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service indicate
their participation at an unspecified future date in a National
.Wetlands Survey. This more detailed local survey was encouraged,
its value primarily seen as an enhancement to a more gross
-inventory.,

3-4

3.2.1 Continued.

drainage ponding influence, andAncluding 'high bogs'; those
areas distinguished by particular and unique vegetative species.
that--require saturated soil conditions for their growth and
reproduction."-

Reservoirs and riparian habitats.were not typically
considered wetlands. (These features are considered important-
and would be mapped on rivers/stream pattern, and vegetation
overlays - see Section 3.3.)

3.2.2 Wetland Inventory Methodolo gy.

Photographic.interpretation was the primary tool
utilized in the Phase One mapping portion of the wetland study.
Second generation-transparencies were utilized to maintain
inherent resolution and, where possible, the imagery was viewed
stereoscopically- The stereoscopic analysis of color infrared7film
greatly_facilitates wetland delineation. TheLinfrared film causes
viable vegetation to appear red to the human eye. This is a re-
flectance of the chlorophyll content of the plant which varies
either through species differentiation or individual plant vitality
and furnishes an identifying 'signature' for'-each floral type.
When viewed in stereo the precise topography of the terrain is
evident and individual tree canopies and,shrub areas stand out
clearly'. Because of the diversity of 8awaiian@terrain and
vegetation, many wetland delineations, when identified solely via
photo interpretation techniques retain a "probable" or "possible"
prefix. Thus the field verification to be accomplished by the

3-5

3.2.2 Continued.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers in Phase Two remains critical.
Phase One, however, will greatly facilitate the ground truth
operation by directing-field teams to areas of high wetland
probability.

.Each time a wetland or probable wetland was noted on a
photographic transparency a direct contact mylar overlay was made
delineating that particular wetland's approximatebounda ry. Scales
ranged from 1:65,000 to 1:32,500i These overlays were enlarged
to,a 1:24,boo scale and transferred onto a second mylar overlay.
The second overlay was registered-to the par,ticular'7-1/2 minute
USGS quadrangle map (1:24,000 scale) which contained the wetland.

area.

For those wetlands on or near the coastline, the low
altitude panchromatic photographs were also examined and a more
detailed delineation made on a mylar overlay., The greater
resolution of the low altitude imagery assisted in this process;-
however, spectral differentiation between wetland and non-wetland
vegetation types could not be accomplished. Using both data types
in tandem.when available provided the most confident determinations.

3.2.3 Output Product.

The phase I product is a systematic display of delineated
wetland areas accomplished,through an overlay system keyed to USGS
quadrangle.maps (1:24,000 scale and,1:250,000 scale). only the
overlays.are provided, to be utilized in conjunction with in-house
copies of the various quadrangle maps.

3-6

3..2.3 Continued.
Five 5) individual sets of data produced in Phase One-
combine to provide a systematic presentation of the information
which lends itself to the Corps' expansion of it and establishes
a base format which can be updated, corrected and improved.
The five data sets are:

1) overlays depicting the four counties -registered to
1:250,000 scale quads (total of five overlays since
Hawaii is divided into North and South-Sections).
On each overlay respective 7-1/2" quad maps are
registered and labeled to give overall and accurate
location information.

2) A second set of 1:250,000 scale overlays registered
to USGS 1:250,000 scale maps depicts the approx imate
location,of existing wetlands by a reference number.

3) Overlays registered to 1:24,000 scale quad maps
delineate the actual wetland area, along with the
assigned number correlated with 1:250,000 scale
numbers. The actual delineation on this overlay
is taken directly from an enlarged overlay of a
U-2 infrar.ed photographic transparency.-

4) Data sheets for each county with information
specific to each individual listed wetland within
that county. General wetland type (salt marsh,
riparian marsh, estuarian, etc.) is provided
and corresponding aerial imagery used in locating
the wetland is listed. Detailed-photographic

3-7

3.2.3 Continued.

information as it relates to each overlay gives
flight numbers, accession number, frame number,
film type, data.and original scale. The photo-
graphy is available at DPED's data facility.
Light tables, stereoviewers and some an cillary
reference material may also be available. Call

Mr. Chris Christoffels for assistance.

5) Mylar.overlays pro duced from the-1:6,000 scale low
altitude photbgraphs are furnished to provide a
"close look" at wetlands located near the shore-

line. These are labeled and to be used with the

-low altitude imagery located at the U.S. Army
Corps of tngineers, or at DPED. They are corre-
lated to individual wetlands on the data sheets
(#4) and precise locations can be obtained by
examining.the quad overlays.

It should be remembered that the actual output product
of the Phase One wetland survey produced by ESL is not included
-within this report because of its size, bulk and printing
difficulties. It is a separate entity available through the DPED
or the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers@. Mention of the wetland
study is made in this document only to inform readers of its
existence and to provi de some idea'as to its format, anticipated
value and inherent limitations. Appendix A provides the data
sheets (ite'm 4 above) for the entire state.

3-8

3.3 Kauai County Resource Inventory.

Webster defines "resource" as "an available means; a
natural source of wealth or revenue". Hawaii is rich'in
natural resources and not very many years ago.was substantially
richer in some. -Recent public awareness1has forced governmental
respresentatives to address"the problem of diminishing natural-
resources. 'ESL's resource inventory is aimed at providing
information to managers enabling them to serve this task better.,

3.3.1 Extent and Purpose.

The purpose of this inventory study is based upon the
planning/management informational needs of the State and in,
accord with'NOAA threshold papers (Federallrecommendations).

A. Threshold Paper No. 1 Boundaries

"The.following are necessary elements of this
(boundary) indentification process: ----------
An identification of transitions and intertidal

areas, salt marshes, wetlands and beaches."
Proper identification of these features must
include: A definition of each area based solely.
upon biological, chemical, and/or physical
criteria; developmental, political, or administra-
tive factors would be inapplicable.

3-9

3.3.1 Continued.

B. Threshold Paper No. 2 Permissible Uses

'"These determinations (permissible uses) must be
based upon --------------
0 '"An inventory of natural and man-made coastal
resources." (923.12(b)(2))
-0 Analyses or establishment of methods for
analysis."

Threshold Paper No. 3. Geographic Areas'of

Particular Concern

"Establish a process to determine the areas meeting
these criteria (GAPC), and thus desirable for
designation. Two such processes are:
(a) A state inventory in progress
(b) Public nomination for subsequent review."

The perennial problems encountered with constructing a
resource attribute classif ication system are correct identification
of us er perspectives and anticipation of long-term value fluctua-
tions. The user perspective is as varied as the individuals using
the system and complicated further through resource weighting,
projected program goals and funding limitations. As time passes,
land value patterns change placing new planning and management
requirements on a system designed for old demands. The definition
and compatibility of -'land use' and 'land cover' classes is also
difficult.

3-10

3.3.1 Cont in ued.

_ESL has reviewed many classification scheme designs in
formulating a system for the Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program
methodology study. Each design presented several very positive
elements7 but, in each, the value of the positive element was
partially offset by unreconcilable conflicts when operationally
tested. The problem was not with the classification schemes
reviewed, but with the complexity of uses to which coastal-zone
management would subject them. The goal was to design a classifi-
cation system which would (a) deal with a wide range of-resources,
(b) be flexible enough to access information relevant to specific
combinations of resources, and (c) be easily corrected, updated or
modified.

Through our inventory methodology studies a multiple
overlay system was formulated and implemented. Eight categories
of information were defined and mapped:

1) Land Use Districts
2) Transportation
3) Land Use
4) Vegetation
5) Shoreline Habitat
6). Sand and Reef
7) Rivers and Streams

8) Wetlands*

*Wetlands category has been previously discussed in Section 3.3.

3-11

3.3.1 Continued.

These categories were determined by the technical consultants
(ESL, PU8PP and H. Mogi) and approved by_CZMP staff.** Discussion
with@the Kauai County Planning Department also provi ded input,
particularly the level of detail relevant to local government
planning.

Each category has its own map and a specifically tailored
classification system which furnishes the maximum amount of infor-
mation through a minimum number of detail levels (see Figure 3-1)..
On any map or classification scheme as more delineations are drawn
out the number of detail levels increases. As theseincrease, the
design of 'the system becomes more and more complicated;and the
illustrative graphics and class breakouts become progressively more
difficult to utilize. By separating major resource categories
and supplying each@ with a simplistically tailored class breakdown,
the data becomes more accessible, easier to use and deals smoothly
with redundancies such as "is it grassland or pasture; bare
ground or recreational beach, waste field or open space?" Each
resource category map supports the resource inventory function,
but by being individually autonomous, provides stand alone infor-
mation as well.

Network system overlays (e.g., rivers and streams) are
completely compatible with areal delineation overlays (e.g.,
vegetation) and, though designed for initial manual use, both
are quickly convertible to a computerized process.

**Reference letters of 30 October 1975 (technical attachment) and
10 December 1975 PUSPP to ESL. Reference letter of
27 February 1976 ESL to PUS,PP.

3-12,

U
A A-

C C

1 LAND USE DISTRICT

2 TRANSPORTATION

3 LAND USE
#41VEGETATION

5 SHORELINE HABITAT

6 SAND AND REEF

7 RIVERS AND STREAM

8 WETLAND

U.S.G.S. 7-1/2" QUAD BASE MAP

Figure 3-1. Illustration of Multiple Overlay Resource Inve
Classification System

3.3.1 Continued.

Several use benefits become readily apparent with the
multiple overlay system. First, new categories can easily be
added. Soil conservation maps, already completed by USDA can be
added to this system with little if any modification. Orthophoto
quad maps could easily create a new base map. Secondly, individual
resource maps or overlays can be selected and combined-to focus on
particular problems. For example, vegetation maps and rivers/streams
maps can be combined to study water demand problems. Thirdly, the
problem of separating land use and land cover is solved. On a
vegetation overlay the classification may be "grassland" while on
a land use overlay it would be "pasture". Bare ground on'a
vegetation overlay might be a boulder beach on the shoreline habitat
overlay indicating a micro-environment to be conserved. Levels of
detail need not become excessibly complex on any one overlay since
other overlays are addre ssing other-resource informational
requirements.

3.3.2 Inventory Methodology.

The inventory was accomplished utilizing existing
sources thereby establishing optimal procedure's for new data
collec tion later on. The information sources used were:

0 High altitude color, color infrared and black and
white photographs

0 Low altitude black and white photographs

3-14

3.3.2 Continued.

U.S. Department of Agriculture soil conservation

maps

0 Department of Land and Natural Resources, State
Division of Forestry, forest type maps

0 Existing studies, reports, papers, etc.

0 Interviews with local experts

0 Ground truth verification by ESL field teams and

local consultants.

Interpretation and analysis techniques have been,
discussed in previous sections and, to avoid'redundancy, will not
be -elaborated upon again here. Pertinent comments on each
resource attribute map are provided in the following sec tions.

3.3.3 Test Site.

The Lihue/Nawiliwili area-in Kauai county,is the primary
test site for ESL@_s second year resource inventory methodology
study. The entire Island perimeter (as d-efined by Coastal U.S.G.S'
Quad maps) is the'secondary test area and,its inventory extent is
limited by time and-funding. Most importantly however, is the
structure, or format of the mapping and classification system.
The inventory encompasses sufficient resource categories and
geographical area to permit substantial use as well as documented
critique. Bear in mind that this study is methodological,
requiring user feedback and modification.

3-15

3. 3. 4 Output Product.

The output product generally is in the form of a
transparent Mylar multiple overlay system (see Figure 3-1)
registered to 1:24,000 scale U.S.G.S. 7-1/2 minute quadrangle
maps,. This scale is compatible with the University of Hawaii's
(PUSPP) computer information system which is registered to the
.Soils Survey Study, also at-1:24,000 scale. Similar scale will
allow for a single format digitizing process and compatible
computer output maps. Appendix B contains reduced copies of
various mylar,overlay maps to familiarize generally readers with.
the format. As in thecase of the wetland mapping this document
-only refers to the resource inventory, attempting to make the
reader aware of its existence and availability. Actual use or
critique of the output product must stem from the output products
themselves, e.g., the quad maps, overlays and classification
schemes. Again, these are available at DPED.

3.3.4.l overlay #1. District Land Use Boundary.

This overlay merely transfers existing land use district
,boundaries onto a clear mylar overlay registered to quad maps,at
r district classifications are:
a 1:24,000 scale." The fou.

"U" Urban.

"A" Agriculture
"C" Conservation

"R" Rural

3-16

3.3.4.1 --'Continued,

The Hawaii State Land Use Commission has very specifi-
cally defined each district-type and regulates the various land
use activities permitted within the boundaries of each (State
Lands Use Commission, 1975). Appendix B quotes these definitions
for the convenience of theLreader.

In constructing resource overlay'maps ESL felt that a
visual illustration of land use districts which could be used in
tandem with all of the other maps would greatly enhance the value
'Of the multiple overlay system. For example, the land use map
(#3) when examined with the districts-clearly overlayed can
(a) provide indications of the direction of urban sprawl, (b)
quickly point out land, use violations, (c) clarify options for
regulating the direction of urban expansion and (d) determine the
percentage,of productive agricultural area among other things.

There are procedure's for petitioning a change in the
land use district-.boundary and as these occur this overlay category
should be updated. Once again new overlays should be made preser-
ving the old ones for trend analysis.

3.3.4.2 Over-lay #2. Transportation.

This overlay is a network system illustrating major
highways, roads,jeep trails and foot paths. It was- compiled with
U.S.G.S. quadrangle maps and high altitude aerial photographs, the
latter illustrating newly constructed t ransportation routes.
The primary function of this map is to indicate the accessibility
of resources delineated on other overlays. It can also provide
assistance in'estimating use,density of'particular areas.

3-17

3.3.4.3 Overlay #3. Land Use.

The land use delineation map illustrates "man's
activities on the land which are directly related to the land"
(Clawson and Steward, 1965). This overlay should be used in
conjunction.with the Land Use district map, Overlay #1, to
combine political boundaries with actual land use. In essence
this category monitors the usage to which the resour ce categories
are put. Management of resources directly relates to management

of land use.

Problems were encountered in the construction of a
classification-system which would be on the one hand sufficiently
broad to deal with the wide range of coastal zone management
questions and yet precise and accurate enough to provide users
with practical and beneficial information. These design problems
the general solutions applied by ESL are discussed in the
introduction to this section. Suffice it to say here that the
land use overlay will, in and of itself, provide much information
(Appendix B-3 contains the land use classification).

However the dynamic concept of multiple overlays will
enhance that information by allowing tandem usage with other
resource inventories.

U. S. Geological Survey Circular 964 contains that
agency's latest Land Use and Land Cover Classification System by
Anderson (1976) (see Table 3-1). It is an attempt to create a
viable classification system which will,serve as a common format
for the nation. Only two detail levels are provided allowing each

3-18

Table 3-1. U.S. Geological Survey Land Use and
Land Cover Classification System for
Use with Remote Sensor,Data

LEVEL I LEVEL II

1 Urban or'-Built-up Land 11 Residential
12 Commercial and Services
13 Industrial
14 Transportation, Communications
and Utilities
15 Industrial and Commercial
Complexes
16 Mixed
17 Other

2 Agricultural Land 21 Cropland and Pasture
22 Orchards, Groves, Vineyards,
Nurseries; and ornamental
Horticultural Areas
23 Confined Feeding Operations
24 Other

_3 Rangeland 31 Herbaceous Range
32 Shrub-Brushland Range
33 Mixed

4 Forest Land 41 Deciduous
42 Evergreen
43 Mixed

5 Water 51 Streams and Canals
52 Lakes
53 Reservoirs
54 Bays and Estuaries

6 Wetland 61 Forest
62 Nonforested

7-Barren Land 71 Dry Sa,lt Flats
72 Beaches
73 Sandy Areas Other than Beaches
74 Bare Exposed Rock
Strip Mines, Quarries, and
Gravel Pits
76 Transitional Areas
77 Mixed

3-19

Table 3-1. Continued.

LEVEL I LEVEL II

8 Tundra 81 Shrub and Brush Tundra,
82 Herbaceous Tundra
83 B@are'G'round Tundra
84 Wet Tundra
85 Mixed

Perennial snow or Ice 91 Perennial Snowfields
92 Glaciers

3-20@

3.3.4.3 Continued.

user to add additional levels in accord with his own unique use
requirements or environment. Table 3-2 compares this system with
ESL's multiple overlay concept to,give the reader a better feel
for the depth of the latter system.

The land use classification system accompanying the
overlaymap extends to the fourth.level of detail. Additional
levels of detail can easily be added but should be done only
after the planning element reviews and, if,necessary, modifies
the initial design.

The mylar-overlay_map, as with all' the overlays, is
registered to 7 1/2 minute-U.S.G.S. Quad maps at a 1:24,000 scale.
In addition to this presentation format a second, slightly-
different format structurewas designed.. The urban district in
t-he Lihue Quad was photomApped at a scale of 1 inch equal to
1000 feet (l" = 1000'). This involves a delineation, similar to
the mylar overlay map procedure; only an enlarged photographic.
photocopy is used as a,base. The photobase was obtained through
an RC-10,12" metric mapping camera specially designed to minimize
the distortion inherent in all photographs. The result--is'a
large scal'e,,photobase map which would be beneficial-for local
county planners. -These maps have not been rectified and should
be limited'to planIning. Feedback relative to this format should
emanate from@'the Kauai County planning staff.

3-21

Table 3-2. Corresponding Categories of U.S.G.S.
Circular 964 and Multiple Overlay System*

USGS Land Use and Land
Cover System Multiple Overlay System

1 Urban or Built-up Land Land District
Land Use
Shoreline Habitat-
Transportation

2 Agricultural Land- Land District
Land Use
Vegetation

3 Rangeland Vegetation
Rivers and Streams

4 For6st Land Vegetation

5 Water Rivers and Streams

Wetland Wetland

7 Barren Land Shoreline Habitat
Sand and Reef

8 Tundra Vegetation

9 Perennial Snow or Ice

*@(See Appendix B for a detailed br'eakdown and description
for multiple overlay attributes.)

3-22

3.3.4.4 Overlay #4. Vegetation.

The study and mapping of vegetation types are important
to the-,CZM program. Areas in agriculture determining food
supplies, grassland and range are important for cattle'grazing,
and forested areas are necessary for watershed protection and
'timber and pulp. All types are used by wildlife for food, cover
and as a source of human recreation.

The study and typing of vegetation are time consuming
and a complexproblem. As one becomes more familiar with the
vegetation of a given region, subtle differences are easier to
detect and finer divisions become possible. 'Those factors
constituting the definition of a specific type are very much
influenced by the purpose of the investigation. Foresters are
primarily concerned with timber and watershed, range resources
specia lists with animal carrying capacity and the ecologist with
details of species, composition and interrelationships.

The purpose here is to provide general categories of
vegetation to obtain a planning overview of CZM related resources.
In some cases four levels-of detail are provided when this could
be reasonably done and still be consistent in the interpretations.

The primary focus was the areas near the coast; examina-,
tion of upland tree and brush types was limited to very general
categories. Primary source material was the 1975 U-2 photographs
supplemented by limited field observations. The Department of
Natural Resources, Division of Forestry type maps were also
extensively used, particularly in upland areas and for forest
plantations. The forestry maps, however, include a land use/land
potential classification and a stand size and density rating.

3-23

3.3.4.4 Continued.

In this classification system, land use is treated as a
separate attribute (overlay #3); quantitative measure of stand
density,. size, etc.'are considered important, but are suggested
for detailed studies in areas of particular concern.

A list-of scientific names of the plant species
referenced in this report is provided in Appendix B as well as
the detail classification scheme. The species list for each
area is by no means complete and is intended only,to provide a
general description of the vegetation stand.

one specific item is noted; there is no attempt in this
classification system to delineate wetland as a separate-type.
The se vegetation communities will-be studied by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and the results of that study can be used to
update and expand the classification system established here.

3. 3.4.5 Overlay 5. -Shoreline Habitat.

This overlay illustrates the physical habitat of that
area of the Coastal Zone where the,sea and land meet. The purpose
of this overlay is to make the planner generally-aware of the
different types of shoreline, their relative abundance, location
and importance. The latter would best be,accompl'ished in conjunc-
tion with ancillary information such as species/habitat comparison
studies (Maragos et. al., 1975), other overlays and/or the
quad maps themselves. The accompanying shoreline habitat classi-
fication scheme (Appendix B) is accurate to Level III. Level IV

3-24

3.3.4.5 Continued.

is reasonably accurate, but, for illustrative aesthetics,.
occasionally combines small areas of closely related types, e.g.,
rocky outcrop and boulder beach. The classific ation system is
open to modification and amenable to the addition more-detail
levels of information. For this reason, a section listing the
aerial photography utilized for a particular quadrangle is
includled with the classification scheme. This will enable a user
requiring more precise and accurate information to go directly to
the data source. All aerial photographs used are available at
the DPED Data Facility for examination. Private copies are
available at -cost through the U.'S. Department of Interior, EROS
Data Center,.Sioux Falls, South Dakota.

The description accompanying the classification attempts
to explain the various class headings in a way as to be most
meahingful.to the,manager and not'the scientist. It includes a
description of the physical terrain, a brief explanation of
natural interactions brought about by the physical characteris-
tics and finally a simplistic analysis of what. impact, relative
to man, that interaction has had in the past.

.3.3.4.6 overlay #6. Sand and Reef.

The depletion and erosion of sand resources have been
almost universally posed as'a Hawaiian CZM problem. One can
assume that virtually all beaches in Hawaii possess the potential
for recreational use. However,'recreational and industrial uses
compete for the-sand resource; private interests compete with

3-25

3.3.4.6 Continued.

public rights for access to beaches; developers alter the shore-
line with seawalls, breakwaters and dredging which, in turn,
changes the dynamics of a sandy beach. This overlay maps the
location of beach and dune areas on shore and roughly points out
some offshore sand channels and deposits. The photography used
is listed in Appendix B and should be examined for more
detailed delineations in geographically specific areas.

Here is an excellent example of the problems encountered
in'establishing cost-effective levels of information for coastal
zone management. The amount of informational detail inherent in
the data source,(here high and low altitude photographs) far
exceeds that required for planning. ESL has determined that
'general subsurface sand resource mapping, with reference to easily
accessible data sources, provides the optimum detail level trade-
off. Critique from users will establish that level of detail
necessary for the CZM program.

In many cases the water penetration of the photography
is limited because it was not specifically obtained for this
purpose, and additional effort will have to be used to complete
and/or update the map.* This overlay can be used in conjunction
with overlay #5, Shoreline Habitat, to obtain information on
beach composition. As more detailed studies are completed, sand
quantity and quality parameters can be added to the classifica-
tion scheme as additional levels of detail.

*See Section 2.3 for problems relating to subsurface resources and
water penetration capabilities of aerial photography.

3-26

3.3.4.6 Continued.

Many studies have been conducted and papers written on
Hawaii's sand resources. The intention of this map is to draw
together some of these studies and present them in a clear and
understandable manner through an "information system" designed to
communicate timely scientific data to the planners and managers.
(Gerritsen, F. 1973; Moberly, R., J.F. Campbell and W.T. Coulbourn,
19.75; Roach, J. 1975; Levin, J., 1970; Moberly, R., 1968.)

Also illustrated on Overlay #6 is reef information.
Reef locations, in-addition to their natural beauty and ecological
niche, are important for navigation, recreation and shoreline
protection from high energy wave action. Present aerial photo
interpretation techniques give little information on coral type
or condition delineating only their extent in shallow water (20-
50 feet). Again, water penetration techniques are being studied
and improved upon.

J-. Maragos, et. al., (1975) breaks reef into several,
descriptive components which give the reader a better understand-
ing of the extent and interaction-of the reef habitat. Excerpts
from the above referenced work are included in the appendix.

As with subsurface sand,.. reefs are difficult to map.
The question "level of detail" is a significant one and the final
methodology will depend upon CZM user feedback.

3-27

3.3.4.7 Overlay V. Rivers and Strea MS.

This overlay separates the river and stream patterns.@
Much information has been obtained from the U.S.G.S. Quad maps
themselves. However, in some instances the spectral@response of
the vegetation in aerial photographs indicates a water drainage
pattern which is not visible on the surface.

Perhaps the most important aspect of this overlay is
.that,'it provides a base for.CZM planners to build upon, incor-
porating new study results and additional data into an understand-

able format.

3.3.4.8 Overlay #8. Wetlands.

Discussions of wetlands overlay was provided in Section
.3.1. Detail classification system currently under development by
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

3-28

3.4 Continued.

ESL's approach to problem analysis is:

1. Identify the problem (e.g., coral kill).

2. Locate the physical effect creating the problem,
(e.g., sedimentation).

3. Through remote sensing technology, trace the
effect of the problem back to its physical cause
(e.g., soilerosion).

4. Determine the land use activities or conditions
which initiated the cause, (e.g., overgrazing).

5. outline the physical boundary of the problem to
include--cause-, pathway(s) and effect (establish
geographic area of particular concern).

6. Recommend key po ints at which to monitor cause
and effect of the problem.

By analyzing a relatively small number of problem areas, planners
and managers can begin to set up Predictive models which, in turn,
can assist in @setting up priorities for permissible uses.

ESL's task is to present relevant,resource and environ-
mental information to these decision makers.' The final decisions,
however, must include a consideration of economic, social, and

3-29

3.4 Continued.

political factors. The following subsections discuss geogra phi-
cally specific problems,and attempt to draw the reader through a
process which involves the use of remote sensing in detecting,
identifying and recommending solutions.

3.4.1 Sedimentation.

A detailed examination of this problem was undertaken
over a portion of the Island of Molokai. Stereoscopic (three
dimensiona:i) examination of 1:65,000 scale true color (400-700 nm)
and color infrared (510-900 nm) imagery obtained on the-J'uly 1975
flight, coupled with historical low altitude imagery and field
investigation, were used in the analysis. The high altitude
imagery was analyzed at scales of 1:65,000 up to 1:6500 (10 times
enlargem-ent) using a Bausch & Lomb zoom stereoscope on the positive
transparencies. Figure 3-2 is a reproduction of the color
infrared photograph and will,serve as a reference for the
following analysis. 1 The legend accompanying the photograph
1
Due to reproduction costs, only a limited number of reports con-
tain color photographs. This is unfortunate because the analysis
of color infrared imagery is based on the differences in hue and
saturation of various objects and backgrounds. Black and white
renditions of color infrared imagery do not exhibit these
important differences. Furthermore, although black and white
reproductions of color infrared photographs appear similar to
black and white panchromatic and black and white infrared photo-
graphs, they cannot be interpreted as such. The gray scale
values of various objects in black and white renditions of color
infrared images are not the same as those for the same objects
as recorded in standard panchromatic black and white, or standard
black and white infrared-photographs.

The reader wishing to verify personally discussions concernin g
'the analysis of the imagery presented herein should contact the
CZM Data Facility, DPED, 250 S. King Street, to make arrange-
ments to view positive transparencies-

3-30

d",

h"
2

a. Healthy productive pineapple i. Wetlands, mangrove
b. Recent pineapple field, no longer in production j. Wetlands, salt flat/pickle weed
c. Old pineapple field, extensive encroachment of k. Sand and sand/coral mixture
weeds and grasses 1. Algae covered mud
d. Potato field m. Coral
e. Pasture (improved) n. Bare soil
f. Grassland, unimproved pasture o. Urban commercial, residential, other vegetation
g. Open Kiawe (pasture) types
h. Dense Kiawe p. Open water ch-annels

Figure 3-2. Color Infrared Image of Portion of South Molokai
Coast (Portion of Entire Photo Shown Scale 1:65,000)

3-31

3.4.1 Continued.

identifies various features and will serve to orient the reader
_Vwho may be unfamiliarwith this color'infrared imagery.

Coral Cannot, ation M) exhibits a dark blue eventextured
response and was readily delineated on the color infrared photo-
graphs to depths of approximately 4.5 meters. It was not possible
to determine the health of the coral through photo interpretation.

e r
A similar signature was found on th t ue color photograph.
Additionally, because of better water penetration capabilities of
the true color imagery, coral areas could be delineated from
surrounding sand areas to a depth of about 10.5 meters.

Coral, sand and sand-sediment mixture is shown in
Figure 3-2 by annotation K. The differences in signature at
various locations are due to water depth; the lighter blue and
bluis,h-white hue near the shore is under only .3 meters of water.
Again,,at depths greater than.3 to 4.5 meters, true color film is
a better media for off-shore subsurface sand delineation.

Algae covered mud and sediment are shown by annotation
L. The greenish hue and mottled texture is quite well depicted
on'the color IR photograph.

Extensive mangrove stands are shown-at annotation I.
Detailed examination under 1OX magnification reveals the very
bright red area immediately adjacent to the coastline is healthy
mangrove 8.to 10.5 meters high. Immediately mauka of this is a
dull red responsetypical of stunted (2 meters high) mangrove.
The reason for this was not established.

3-32

3.4.1 continued.

Pickleweed, occupying extensive areas inland, is shown
at annotation J and exhibits a typical mottled pink and blue
signature. The blue is due to patches of bare soil (salt flat).
Inland of the pickleweed is a stand of dense Kia'we (annotation H)
with an understory of grass (Pennisetum spp.). Significantly,,
the dense stand of Kiawe extends inland along the stream bottom
where water is available. Upland of the dense Kiawe is extensive
open Kiawe/grasslafid area (annotation G).

Bare soil areas can be seen at annotation N and are
very important to the analysis.

Figure.3-3 is a thematic 'map, scale 1:65,000, that
portrays the areal extent of the various features for a portion of

the test area.

The degradation of the coral beds on the South Molokai
coast is'an ecologically complex problem, but it is well known
that extensive sedimentation can cause suffocation and environ-
mental changes leading to eventual decline of the living coral
beds (Banner and Bailey, 1970). The extent of the problem area
can be obtained, in part, withremote sensingand associated field
surveys. Additional insight into the cause'of the problem can,
also be obtained. Bare soil (N) response can be seen in the
photographs at several'points. One particularly large area of
exposed soil is due to the rock-quarry located at annotation 1
(in Figure 3-2).' A-ground1photograph of thLs area is shown in
Figure 3-4. The quarry is'located right on and immediately makai

3-33

C
B
A
B A

G
N

B H

B B
H 0
L H P H G
K
L
L G
P K 0 B H G 0
A 0V L

Legend* A. Pineapple 1. Wetlands, mangrove
B. Other crops J. Wetlands, salt flat/pickle weed
C. Old pineapple K. Sand and sand/coral mixture
D. Potatoes inot shown) L. Mud and algae covered mud
E. Improved pasture (not shown) M. Coral
F. Grassland unimproved pasture (not shown) N. Bare soil
G. Open Kiawe (pasture) 0. Urban/residential/other vegetation
H. Dense Kiawe P. Open water channels
*Legend consistent with figure 3-2, not all features exist within a mapped area.

Figure 3-3. Thematic Map of,Key Resource Feature of Molokai
Test Site in 1975 (Nominal Scale 1:65,000)

Figure 3-4. 1 Ground Photograph of Annotation 1 in Figure 3--2 -

3.4.1 Continued.-

of Manawainui Gulch. other bare soil areas can be seen and are
caused by extensive overgrazing of the dry land pasture. A
ground photograph of the area at annotation 2 in Figure 3-2 is.
shown.in Figure 3-5. Much of the area is exposed soil with
little vegetation to protect it from wind and water erosion.

This type of land use practice can cause serious.soil
erosion and intensify the sedimentation problem in the coastal
waters. -However, the identification and delineation of the rock
quarry and extent of over-grazed pasture through-an analysis of
remote sensing imagery is not conclusive evidence that-these
.factors have caused the'sedimentation. -In fact, at the-time of
the photographs, July 1975,,there is no evidence of active sedi-
mentation discharge in the coastal waters. July is the middle of
the dry season and there is no surface water in-any offthe
intermittent streams on the South coast of Molokai.

The rainfall in, the area is 15 inches peryear or' less,
mostly occurring in winter'storms. During intense.rains, erosion
probably 'Occurs throughout th e area, with severe erosion in the
exposed soil areas. Table 3-3 lists pertinent parameters for
soils in the immediate vicinity. These parameters were taken
from the Soil Conservation Service soil survey of Molokai 'and
clearly indicate medium to intensive runoff and moderate to
severe soil erosion hazards in the area.

To make some estimate of the rate at which sedimentation
is occurring and to obtain another measure of.the relationship
between current land-use practices and the South Coast sedimenta-

3-36

Figure 3-5. overgrazing of Annotation 2 in Figure 3-2

Table 3-3. Pertinent soil Parameters for molokai Test Area
(soil Conservation Service 1972).*

Woodland Erosion
USDA Cpabil@ty _Class Pineapple Pasture Group Group Run-off Hazard
Soil Type Name Symbol Irrigated Non-lrri@@ii@@ Production Group
Holomua Silt Loam HvB3 Ille rVe G I Group 2 Group I Slow to Moderate
rou z medium
3 to 7% slope @3L5-to Mons/ac. main Unimproved pasture 100 to 500
(severely eroded) crop 700-1700 lbs/ac/yr bf/ae/yr
t 35 tons/acxatoon Improved pasture
crop 1400 to 2600 lbs/ae/yr
Mulch crop suggested
Holomua Silt Loam HvC3 Ille lVe Group 3 Group I Group 5 Medium Severe
35 to 45 tons/ae/yr Unimproved pasture 700 to 1000
,7 to 15% slope main crop 400 to 1300 lbs/ae/yr bf/ae/yr
(severely eroded) 25 to 45 tons/ae/yr Improved pasture
ratoon crop 1700 to 2600 lbs/ae/yr
Grassed waterways
n
ded
ee

Lahina Silty Clay LaE3 Vle Vle Group 3 Group 1 Medium to Severe
Unimproved pasture 100 to 500 rapid
25 to 40% slope 1000 to 2000 lbs/ae/yr bf/ac/yr
(severely eroded) Improved pasture
2000 to 4800 lbs/ac/yr

Medium Moderate
Oli Silt Loam OME Vle G 6 tosevere
'ou
Kimproved pasture
10 to 30% slope 2400 to 3200 lbs/ac/yr
Improved pasture
5000 to 9000 lbs/ac/yr
Rocky Land rRK VIIS VIIs X,
(Reconnaissance)

Rough Broken Land rRR VII Vil Rapid
(Reconnaissance

Very Stony Land rVT2 Vil VII 7
(eroded)

more complete description of each parameter can be found by consulting the
CO cited reference; selected parameters are listed here.

3.4.1 Continued.

tion problem, historical photographs_were analyzed.* These
panchromat'ic'photographs were taken in 1955 at a scale of 1:14,000.
Detailed analysis of both the U-2 and low altitude photographs
reveals many changes have taken place. Scale difference precludes
inclusion of all 1955 photographs, but a small portion of the area
is shown in Figure 3-6.

A number of significant changes can be seen: replace-
ment of dense Kiawe with agriculture, reduction of dense Kiawe due
to grazing in upland areas, increase of mangrove seaward. How-
ever, the sedimentation, algae and,mud flat areas.are similar in
magnitude (although not specific delineations) to the 1975
analysis. The sedimentation problem,"although aggravated b y
current land use, was not solely caused by these activities. No
photography earlier than 1955 was found;- it would be interesting
to examine aerial photographs of this area taken prior to-the,
establishment of the mangrove swamp which has apparently helped
to stabilize the area.

This example demonstrates the importance of a systematic
data base useful to trend analysis as well as demonstrating how
remote sensing can aid in problem definition.

*Taken by R.M. Towill, Honolulu, Hawaii.

3-39

@hi

U
m
H
R,
PIN ho?

rw
R
h, M,
, rj@;

om
Xii,
0
g",

If -

Mx,
LP

4(
mv'r-ae

.. . ........ . . . .... ...... ...............

F
u
ig re 3-6. Black and White Low Altitude Photograph
Molokai Test Site (R.M. TOwill, 1955)

3-40

@.4.2 Kauai County Problem Analysis.

Table 3-4 is a compilation of problems encountered-in
Kauai County having impact or effect on the coastal environment.
This list was compiled by PUSPP, the Kauai County citizens, and
represents the first cut at identifying coastal concerns on the
Island of Kauai. Time has.precluded an in-depth analysis of each
problem; however ESL is examining these problems to- identify-those
for which remote sensing can contribute to the solution by
identifying the location, extent, and/or causes. Preliminary
results of our inve-stigation to, date follow.

3.4.2.1 Sedimentation, Erosion.

An examination of large scale 1:32,500 multispectral
imagery (black and white, color and color,IR) taken in 197.4
reveals extensive off shore sedimentation (turbid waters) on the

southwestern and western waters of Kauai from the mouth of the
Waimea Canyon to Barking Sands. Sedimentation plumes'several
miles off shore can be identified and.delineat@ed in the imagery.
Analysis to date indicates that erosion and siltation from the
-Waimea River is not the sole cause of th is sedimentation. In
fact,-at the time of the photographs, October 1974, little if any
sediment laden water was coming from the mouth of the river.
Extensive erosion, in the form of expos ed soil, is common in the
sbuthern and southwestern upland areas of the county; and these
areas are readily identified in the color IR imagery. However,
the relationship between these erosion areas and the offshore
sediment patterns has not been established.

--3-41

Table 3-4. Identified Problems Kauai County Coastal
.Environment.*

Coastal Ecosystems Water Quality

e Depletion of near shore fish 9 Sedimentation
populations and mariri6 life 0 Discharge from secondary treatment
o Threats to bird habitats plants
(wetlands and non-wetlands) 9 Beach park water quality
* Massive fish kills Fresh water quality (streams)
* Destruction of forest areas * Toxic materials
* Destruction of coastal plant e Raw sewage discharges
life. e Degradation due to sewage injection
into lava tubes
@Sand Resources e Degradation due to cesspool drainage
into coastal waters
e Beach erosion and depletion
Shoreline Development
Coastal Recreational Resources
(legal/physical) Development conflict with local
shoreline use
e Conflicting recreational e Development conflict with
activities environmental concern
e Development conflict with historic
Historic and Cultural Resources protection
0 Conflict over boat harbor siting
9 Destruction of fish ponds e Conflict over energy facility siting
9 Destruction of historic & 'Conflict over desired level of
Hawaiian settlement sites. utilizatio nof shoreline (develop-
* Destruction of post-Cook ment versus traditional and open
structures. space)
e Inadequate public facilities (roads,
Scenic and Aesthetic Resources schools, parks, medical, water, police)
* Unplanned development
e Loss of shoreline open -space.
Additional Problems Not Covered Above

0 Interface with fresh water species
migration

*List was compiled from Pacific Urban Studies Planning Program (PUSPP)
handouts entitle "Summary of Coastal Concerns, First Problem Lists,
January-March 1976" and "Master Problem List PUSPP/CzM" dated 8 March.1976.

3-42

3.4.2.2 Destruction of Kiawe Trees, Forest and Coastal
Negetation.

This task requires a baseline inventory such as
accomplished by an ESL inventory effort. Periodic assessment
through remote sensing image analysis can establish the trend and
document quantitatively the amount of forest land by specific
type that has been lost and what has taken its p lace. A similar
example was encountered in this year's inventory efforts. Large
sections of land formerly in agricultural production (sugar cane,
and pineapple) are now idle. Knowing the location and extent of
these lands can aid in estimating the long-range development
potential.and changing economic structure of-the Island.

3.4.2.3 Land-Use Conflicts.

A number of the problems concern land-use conflicts
(recreation vs. development etc.). Use of the multiple overlay
inventory system can help to identify those areas where conflicts
may arise. In addition-to the attributes mapped during this
year's effort, new overlays can be compiled representing impor-
tant features; e.g., historical, cultural sites and areas of
high erosion.

The solution to the conflict itself, however, will
require the consideration of legal, economic and organizational
factors of the CZM program.

More detailed analysis on all of the listed,problems is
required and is recommended.for consideration,as a future
objective.

3-43

4. INFORMATION DISSEMINATION A14D EDUCATION.

"AWARENESS" o n the partlof both'planners and scientists
has been discussed previously in this report and in a plethora of
publications relatingto the interdisciplinary importance of
successful planning and management. Germane'to this theme,
Section 4 expounds on howESL ap .proached the task of making the
technology of remote sensing less mysterious and hence more
accessible to everyone participating or-interested in the Hawaii
Coastal Zone Management Program.

Over and above the numerous scheduled presentations and
workshops that ESL took part in, two major educational tasks were
accomplished. A data facility or centralized information clearing
house feasibility study was begun and partially implemented; and,
a REMOTE SENSING Seminar was held. The following subsections
thoroughly discuss ea-ch element.

4.1 Data Facility Alternatives.

4.1.1 Introduction.

Now in its sE@cond year, DPED has been working closely
with ESL and the Na tional Aeronautics and Space Administration,
Ames Research Center, in the area of remote sensing technology.
During 1974 and 197@, Ames Research Center obtained over 2600
high-altitude U-2 photo graphs of large portions of the Hawaiian
-Islands. This imagery, sent to DPED, represents extremely
valuable source information on land use, cultural and natural
resources.of ,the state. Furthermore, collected over time, this
data provides information on the changing nature of key resources
as di scussed in the previous sections. The CZM program (as well

4-1-

4.1.1 continued.

as other long-range planning programs within DPED) is not a one
time effort and the established data base can be effectively used
for years to come.

The mere physical existence,of remote sensing data,
howeverl is no assurance that it will be effectively utilized.
Some means must be developed_to catalog the data; and suitable
equipment must be obtained to carry out the necessary planning,
proces sing, and analysis'functions discussed previously-(see
figure 2-3). The existing U-2 imagery must be used in concert
with (not as a replacement for) other types of remote sensing
data (satellite, low-altitude aircraft) and ancillary information
such as maps, charts,,reports, and interpreted results from
earlier investigations and field notes in order to derive maximum
benefit.' This suggests some sort of data facility or information
clearinghouse is needed to ensure effective use of the imagery
for the CZM and,related programs.

A data facility, clearly, would be beneficial in
providing (1) an efficient informational storage and inter-
pretation center, (2) uniformity-of information format
presentation, (3) a capability to update information quickly
and effectively, (4) an historical data base to be used for trend
analysis, and -(5) to establish a mechanism for interdisciplinary
communication essential to the success of the CZM program.

4-2

4.1.2 Study Objectives.

ESL has undertaken exploration of various alternate
data facilities and plans for their implementation. Specifically,
this study addresses:

0 The type of facility best suited to the needs of

the State of Hawaii

A recommendation for a phased long-range
implement ation plan

9 Specific procedures and data catal oging criteria
for the existing in-house U-2 imagery.

4.1.3 Approach.

The CZM information clearinghouse would carry out the
following functions:

0 Planning for any new data (ground, aircraft,
satellite)

0 Specify required processing and oversee its
accomplishment

0 Catalog data and perform necessary analysis and
interpreted functions

0 Disseminate information to appropriate parties.

4-3

4.1.3 Continued.

All.functions arerequired, but the relative importance of each
is a function of the mission of data facility. The central
question revolves -around the charter of the data facility with
respect to -the cataloging and indexing of the data and the
analysis of this data.

DPED is definitely interested in the derivation of
-information required in state planning. This is in contrast to
NASA Ames, which emphasizes storage and retrieval of raw data at
its data facility. In any/cas'e, the'interpretation of [email protected]
requires a certain degree of'cataloging and indexing. In order
to derive a suitable mix for the State of Hawaii, a matrix showing
several different levels of effort of analysis and,interpretation
against several different levels of storage and retrieval is
provided (see Table 4-1).

Level of Analysis Capability

Level 1 in Table 4-1 comprises the data cataloging and
review functions only. No interpretation of the data is provided
by the data facility, which would be staffed and equipped to
serve only a library function. In most instances, analysis would
be accomplished at another location by a user, e.g., another
agency, another project within DPED.

Level II is data cataloging with limited in-house
analysis capability. It provides for some.analysis and technical
assistance to DPED programs and outside users. However,
ext ensive multiresource analysis efforts could not be under-

taken.

4-4

Table 4-1. Matrix Rating of Several Levels of Cataloging and Ind
and Resource Analysi's Capability

A B C

U-2 Data Plus Other Types of Remote Sensing
U-2 Data only Remote Sensing Data Ancillary Inf

Some data in-house, Soil
All data All Data
A-11 data knowledge of
Data Facility Function in-house in-house the rest in-house

I Data cataloging 1 4 @5 10
and Review only acceptable impractical marginally impractical
acceptable

Data Cataloging
II with Limited 2 6 7 12
In-house Image Analysis marginally impractical acceptable impractical
acceptable

Data Cataloging
with Extensive Image 9 14
Analysis and Overall 3,@
Coordination impractical impractical acceptable marginally
acceptable

Impractical Not responsive to the needs of the state

Marginally acceptable Has merit but retains inefficiencies of adequate depth

Acceptable Provides highest use of data at reasonable cost

4.1.3 Continued.

Level III is data cataloqing.with major in-house
analysis and overall coordination. At this level, the data
facility would serve as a primary state CZM'information center
and could supply information'to other agencies on a routine bases.
It could also coordinate the data collection functions of other
agencies to-reduce cost and'eliminate redundancy. It is clear
that, at some point prior to this level of analysis, considera-
tions shou ld be given-to other types of remote sensing data and
associated ancillary information sources.

Levels of Cataloging and Indexing

U-2 Data Only Level A

DPED has'all U-2 imagery of the Haw Iaiian Islands
in-house. This data should be stored in a manner compatible
with user requirements.,-

U-2 Plus All Other Types of Remote Sensing Data

Level B

This data includes the indexing of low-altitude photo-
graphs and satellite-imagery that may be used in conjunction with
the U-2 data. As the 'heed arises, the facility would also catalog
and maintain special types of remote sensing data, such as thermal
line-scan, multispectral, and radar imagery data.

4-6

4.1.3 Continued.

Remote Sensing Data Plus Ancillary Information

Level C

This data includes the other two lev els plus ancillary
information. This data would support extensive imagery analysis'
for major resource or environmental studies. Ancillary information
would be systematically stored for given analysis efforts.

The complexity and size of the cataloging function
increases significantly at each level, bringing into play the
handling of information about the location of various data sources
(rather than physical storage of the data). It would not be
necessary to store physically all the information sources in the
data facility proper, although it may be desirable. For the two
lower levels of data, the implication of storing either some or
all-'of the data in-house is explored.*

The matrix formed by these variables (Table 4-1) results
in 15 different scenarios for data facilities. Obviously there
are other possibilities but the 15 will serve as sufficient
alternatives to explore.

Each scenario was evaluated for data types, cataloging
and procedures, equipment, personnel, space, utility, inter-
governmental, and coordination. The details of this evaluation
can be found in Appendix C. Results and recommendations
appear in the next section.

*It is illogical to consider this split for Level A (U-2 only,)
because all of the data is presently in-house.

4-7

4.1.4 Results and Recommendations.

Results

The results of the scenario evaluation are presented in
Table 4-1. Scenarios 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 are eliminated as
being impractical or unresponsive to-the needs of-the State of
Hawaii. Scenarios.2, 5, 11, 13, and 14 all have interim merit;
but, as described,-each falls short of an efficient data facility
alternative. Several scenarios of this group have merit for inter-
mediate purposes; others would.be suitable after modifications.

That leaves 1, 7, 9,.and 15 as. acceptance scenarios
providing the highest use of the data at reasonable cost. Each
of these represents a considerable increase by the state in the
effective use of remote sensing technology for planning and
resource evaluation. A brief discussion of each of the acceptable
scenarios is provided here. The reader desiring a complete
discussion of all scenarios should consult Appendix C.

Scenario 1 (Catalog and Review; U-2 Data Only

All of the U-2 data is physically present at DPED-as is
some of the recommended equipment. Completion of Scenario 1
allows for easy access to the imagery and provides the tools and
equipment necessary for reviewing that data. The facility is
open to the public and all governmental agencies desiring to
review this data bank. Interpretative expertise, however,- is
not available and must be provided by the reviewing group or
agency. (This is seen as a limiting factor, since most potential
users come in to be informed, not to ferret out predetermined
information from esoteric data.)

4-8

4.1.4 Continued.

Scenario 7 (Limited Analysis Provided; Multiple Data Sources)

The scope of the data facility is increased in two
ways. First, it adds a limited, but important analysis capability
to the facility. Second, the existing U-2 imagery is integrated
with low-altitude data or other forms of-data. A copy of all
(high- and lo@wmaltitude) imagery collected by the state is not
necessarily physicall y maintained in the facility; only that
data actually used in the analysis tasks need be maintained.
However,information about other available data is referenced in
the facility. Ancillary information needed'in the analysis of
the imagery is not systematically stored at the facility,
although the existing library at DPED undoubtedly contains much
of that required. Specific reference material is obtained on a
task or project basis.

rimary em
The p phasis of the facility is to support the
CZM program; however, any other DPED program could use the
facility to address its own special analysis tasks.. It is also
expected that assistance to other State agencies1would be
provided.

Scenario 9 (Extensive Analysis Provided; Multiple Data Sources).

This.expands on Scenario 7 by adding additional planners
or resource analysts with backgrounds in remote sensing to the
facility staff. The-size of the analysis tasks undertaken is
increased substantially. Cooperative programs with other agencies
can be undertaken where mutually beneficial, and overall informa-
tion output i-s increased.

4-9

4.1.4 Continued.

Scenario'15 (Extensive Analysis Provided; Extensive Data Sources)

This scenario establishes a statewide resource and
environmental center supporting a broad spectrum of agencies and
-projects. Integration of ancillary data with available remote
sensing data.on a systematic basis allows very expansive evaluation
and planning tasks to proceed with a minimum of effort. Coordi-
nation of data collection and analysis programs on a state-wide
basis can result in reducing costs over time. This scenario
postulatesdata handling and analysis tasks and requires a
computer system for efficientoperatioin (as described here, a
stand-alone, dedicated system is suggested). -This computer
system can be an outgrowth of or a supplement to the.CZM informa-
tion system presently' under developmenti

Recommendations

ESL recommends a- plan of phased data facility growth
with evaluation periods between major phases to determine
effectiveness of operation and direction for future growth.

Phase I-: -Completion of Scenario 1. This phase is
presently underway; several steps remain to be completed, the
first being to design a data cataloging and a-retrieval system
sufficient to handle the U-2 imagery-and allow for future
cataloging of other types of remote sensing data. Details of
this design can be found in Section 5. The second step is to
complete the purchase of required equipment (see-Scenario, 1,
Appendix C).,

4-10

4.1.4 Continued.

At the'-completion of this phase, the data facility
can quickly determine suitable U-2 coverage for any requestor
and have the necessary equipment to allow general review and
evaluation of the high-altitude data.

Phase II

A resource planner or analyst with experience in remote
sensing data analysis is added. The idea is to obtain quickly
expertise 'for analyzing the data. Phase II,is similar to
Scenario 7. Initially the primary.data available for analysis
'is the'U-2 imagery. As the need arises, additional data sources
are tapped and incorporated physically into the system (e.g., U.S.
Army Corps. of Engineer low-altitude shoreline photographs).
In time, a.multiievel data base evolves to represent the optimal
information system. ESL does not recommend the wholesale cata-
loging of all available data, rather the cataloging of data
required in the analysis of a given problem or resource; however,
data facility members should have information regarding the
availability and accessibility of other data (references). This
is an interim phase leading to Phase III.

At)this point, an evaluation should be undertaken to
determine the effectiveness of the facility and ascertain what
future growth is justified and in what direction.

Phase III

A natural outgrowth of Phase II, Phase III involves
cataloging and-analysis of all types of available data required.

4-11

4.1.4 Continued,

Should increased analysis be justified, ESL recommends
implementation of Phase III, Scenario 9, which' significantly
increases the facility's effective output and usefulness. This
phase should quickly be followed by additional evaluation and
critical review. If justified, Phase IV, Scenario 15, can be
implemented.

It could be decided, however, that increased analysis
of the data is being.-accomplished by other agencies or groups.
In this case, the data facility's function could support such
analyses-(as in Scenario 13).where the DPED data facility acts as
a,central clearing house for other projects or agencies, with
each-agency responsible for its own analysis and DPED retaining
interpretative expertise for its own projects.

Figure 4-1 is a suggested.schedule for data facility
development. The schedule could, of course, be modified to meet
DPED's needs and available funding.

ESL has discussed the concept of a data,facility with
several County Planning Commissions; several state agencies
including the Department of Health, the Department of Land and
Natural Resources (DLNR), and interested federal agencies. It
was almost unanimously concluded that a data facility could,..if set
up properly, be of great benefit to the state and to each
participating group-or agency. The difficulty lies in obtaining
the cooperation of various.political entities. An entirely
apolitical situation is, of course,,.impossible. Representatives
of several agencies thought the facility should fall within their

4-12

PHASE I

PHASE 11

EVALUATION

PHASE I I I

EVALUATION

PHASE IV

75 76 77 78 79 80

FISCAL YEAR

Figure 4-1. Suggested Data Facility Development

4.1.4 Continued.

domains; however, none had the mechanism or funds to-justify
such an undertaking.

The DLNR Divi sion'of Forestry has a second copy,of
most of the available U-2 imagery and the basic equipment
necessary to carry out interpretation. Additionally, several
staff members have had some experience-in photo interpretation
and are presently receiving additional training in some of-the
more advanced digital analysis techniques. However, the agency
interest and charter is limited to forestry related matters on
conservation lands. The suggested C_ZM information clearing house
requires a wider view of Hawaii's environment.

4-13

4.1.4 Continued.

The DPED,.the present lead agency for CZM planning,
has-been suggested to'-be the state agency responsible for CZM
administration.- At present@,,expertise in remote sensing analysis
is supplied by contractors. DPED has established a basic facility
and is planning to increase its physical facilities and analysis
support. Should DPED retain its role as lead agency in the CZM
program, it would require support from some information/data
section-. The broad nature of Coastal Zone Management would
surely justify a statewide information clearing house under,CZM
auspices and,.thus, qualify it for Section 306 funding. An-,
information clearing center plan coordinated.w,ith the Section 305
Plan at the time of Section 306 application will certainly
-facilitate funding and Section 306 application.approval.

Before the various state and county agencies turn to
the DPED facility for support information, a strong facility-
coordinator will have to develop a meaningful, two-way flow of
information. For long-term success, this should be considered
by the DPED. To achieve even minimal successin accomplishing
Phase I, a real commitment to the concept of a data facility
must be made. Allocation of space, purchase of equipment, and
proper staffing are real requirements and cannot be accomplished
by a haphazard approach.

Summary of Benefits

The benefits of a central data facility are summarized

here:

4-14

4.1.4. Continued.

0 Storage and retrieval of data is centralized'.

0 The center offers phtographic/image interpretation;
some,expertise and equipment are available.

0 The coordination of data collection for agencies
increases the.cost/benefit ratio and avoids

redundant effort.

0 Expertise in analyzing information needs and
defining optimal data collection procedures and
alternatives is available. This refers not only
to-CZM participation in Section 306 information
requirements but also to precise,-sensor definition,
and film types, instructions as to sensor arrange-
ment, and filter combinations.

0 The state is able to liaison easily with federal
agencies such as NASA.

0 Requirements of many users (CZM, land use, general
plan, forestry) are consolidated.

0 There is opportunity for in-house training of
DPED and other personnel.

0 The center provides DPED CZM support staff with
resource expertise necessary for thorough partici-
pation in Section 306 work.-

4-15

4.1.4 Cont inued.

0 There is liaison between technical, planning,
legal, and political elements of the CZM program.

4.1.5 Data Facility Cataloging System.

It is essential that any type of data to be stored be
cataloged in a manner Allowing easy access for a broad spectrum
of applications. The following photographic data indexing system
has been devised to-aid DPED in cataloging the existing U-2 data
and to accommodate any future U-2 data obtained. in addition,
other types of data, such as low-altitude aircraft photography
and satellite imagery, can be readily incorporated into the
the cataloging system. Thisallows for maximum future expansion
of the data facility with minimum cataloging and indexing
con, flict S.

Use of this system for the existing U-2 imager y places
the data facility in a position equivalent tothat described in
Scenario 1. It is the first step towards the creation of an
expanded and highly useful facility. In addition, this manual
system may be easily incorporated into any future computerized
system.

Description

Film identification and storage is to be based on the
following parameters: (1) coverage by island, (2) platform,
(3) year o f coverage, (4) spectral band film-filter type) and
(5) source identification number (NASA, Corps, etc.).

4-16

4.1.5 Continued.,

Each island is assigned a different identification
parameter as follows:

Oh - Oahu

Ma - Maui

Ha - Hawaii

Ka - Kauai

Mo - Molokai
La - Lanai K
Hk - Kahoolawe (including Molokini)
Ni - Niihau (including Lehau)

The second parameter is platform. A two-digit code
allows for up to 99.different platform designations. The
code-101 is reserved for the NASA high-altitude U-2 aircraft. The
-code 02 will be used to designate specific U.S. Army Corps of
Engineer photographs. As other data such as Landsat C Satellite
imagery or thermal line scans become available, a permanent-
designation number will be assigned.

The third parameter is the'year of the data coverage.
For example, all U-2 photographic coverage obtained over Oahu
An 1974 will be coded Oh-01-74. U-2 coverage of Maui in the
same year is coded Ma-01-74.

The fourth parameter is spectral band or film-filter
combination. The actual spectral limits on film filter combina-
tion could1be included in an-identifier; however, a two-digit
spectral band code is suggested. The number of different film

4-17

4.1.5 Continued,

filter types is limited, and the data'facility personnel will
quickly remember the code. Existing codes are shown in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2. Present Film-Filter'/Spectral Band,Combinations

-Codes Spectral Band Film/Filters

01 510-900 nm EK SO-127-Aerochrome
Infrared (color) film
Wratten 12 built-in
Additional CC filters
for response calibration

02 400-700 nm- EK SO-242-Aerial
Color film. No filters.

03 510-700 nm EK 3400-Panatomic X Film.
Wratten 12 filter

04 460-580 nm EK FE-3432-Experimental
Water penetration.film
-W4 filter

05 475-575 nm EK 3400-Panatomic X Film/
Schott GG-475 and Schott
BG 18 filters

06 580-680 nm EK 3400-Panatomic X Film/
Schott OG 57 0 and Schott
BG 38 filters

07, 540-590 EK 3400-Panatomic X Film/
Wratten 21 and Wratten 57
filters

Additional codes can be added as required.

4-18

4.1.5 -- Continued.

The advantages of including spectral band,a@s a direct
indexing (storage) parameter (rather than as a secondary para-
meter) lie in the comparative analysis-of two different film rolls
over the same area. In 1975 the dual RC-10 sensor on board the

NASA U-2 obtained both true color and color infrared over the
islands; these will be stored in separate cans to facilitate
simultaneous analysis.

An example of this parameter is given by Oh-01-75 01,
Oh-01-75-02. The first code indicated coverage of Oahu (Oh) by
the U-2 (01) in 1975 using color infrared film.(01). The second
code is Oahu coverage by the U-2 in 1975 with,--true color film.

Additionally, a 4-digit source identification number
will be included. Should, for example, the-platform be U-2, the
NASA accession number would be retained in order to identify any
given portion of a film roll with a specific U-2 fl ight. Reten-
tion of this number facilitates easy ordering of the data from
NASA or the EROS Data Center, USDI or referencing to specific
NASA flight documentation (Flight Summary Reports). Furthermore,
the-heed for unnecessary cross-referencing and document storage
within the data facility is eliminated if new roll numbers are
assigned to the data.

The NASA accession number then becomes part of the data
identifier as follows: Oh-01-74-01-1951. The roll number may
r-efer to an entire photographic roll or only a specific portion. 1

1
The NASA rolls typically criss-cross several islands. These will
be broken down by island to facilitate analysis.

4-19

4.1.5 Continued.

All data of a-given film type taken over one specific
island in any given year should then be spliced together into
one or more film storage cans. These cans should be clearly
labeled on the outside indicating the island of coverage, platform
year of coverage, NASA roll number and frame numbers contained
within. Figure 4-2 illustrates,a sample label.

The label indicates that five different film rolls (or
portions of them) are contained and that they constitute color
infrared, U-2 coverage of Oahu for 1974. If multiple cans are
necessary to store all of the photographic coverage over one
island in a given year, they should be clearly labeled as Part A,
Part B, and so on.-

PART 8

OH-01 -74-01

ROLLS
01933 0- 24)
01942 (13- 15)
01943 (9-52) PART A
1,@ 0 1944 (1 @@--7)
01951@6 92)

Figure 4-2. Typical Film Cannister Storage Label

4-20

4.1.5 Continued.

In addition, each roll, or portion of a roll contained
within a can, should be identified with a leading-frisket so
that the user will know exactly which roll he is looking at. The
combination of a roll and the frame number (which is imaged
directly on the frame) will enable'the-user to idei@tify a specific
photographic scene for study purposes or order additional
copies,of the data (prints or transparencies) from the proper_
agencies. Flight summary reports and NASA flight track maps
should be available to aid in the identification of other data
parametersof a given film roll which are not necessarily printed
on the film roll frisket.- These parameters include such things
as camera focal length, flight altitude, and scale of imagery.
In many cases, however, the data manager should have sufficient
familiarity with the data to answer many questions without going_
to the documentation.

Associated with each film can will be a series of
page-size maps indicating the exact coverage of the data. These
maps will be of two specific types; the first will show all the
coverage over a given island for a specific year (detailed in
flight line format, similar to the format produced by NASA).
Each line on this map will be clearly labeled'with the associated
roll number (see Figure 4-2). These maps will consist of a single
primary coverage map (PCM) per storage cannister to identify
generally the photographic coverage (see Figure 4-3A).,.

The second map types show the individual roll coverage
(one map per roll). in frame.outline format indicating exactly the
area of coverage. Figure 4-3B shows Oahu coverage by the U-2 in
1974 with color infrared NASA roll number 01951 frames 69-92.

4-21

01951

0A 01942
01943

cc)

Figure 4-3A. Example of a Primary (Flight Line)
Coverage Map (PCM) .

OH-01 -74-01, 01951 (69-92)

Figure 4-3B. Example of Individual (Frame by Frame)
Coverage Map (ICM)

4-22

4.1.5 Continued.

Thus, a set of maps comprises all of the photographic
coverage over a given island in a specific year and refers to
only that data stored within the film can labeled with similar
parameters. A set of such maps appears in Figure 4-4.

INDIVIDUAL COVERAGE MAPS (ICM)'S OH-01-7401-1951 (1--24)

OH-01-74-01-01944 (1 7)

OH-01-74-01-01943 (9--52)
F-

OH-01 74-01-01942 (13--15)

OH-01-74-01-01933 (1--24)

0 H -0 1 -74 -01

01951

PRIMARY
COVERAGE
MAP (PCM)

AC34

Figure 4-4. Illustration of Map Coverage Set

4-23

4.1.5 Continued.

The four digit U-2 assession number on the-identifier
can be used for other data source identifiers. The initial two
digits identify source, and the last four digits can add-to the
precision of any data identification.

The combination of these maps and the use of the
previously mentioned film labeling and storage procedure will
facilitate efficient data handling and search procedures. This-
system is designed, at present,"to handle U-2 photography avail-
able at DPED. it readily converts to-the storage of other types
of data. To do this it is necessary only to'-substitute the
specific data identifier for the NASA assession number.

4.2 Seminar.

On March 24-25, 1976, ESL conducted a Remote Sensing
Seminar at the Ala Moana Hotel, Honolulu, under the direction and
guidance of the DPED/CZM staff. The primary purpose for conducting
a seminar of this type was to aquaint interested citizens in
Hawaii with the remote sensing technology available for inventorying
natural resources within.the state. In addition, the seminar
provided the latest information available regarding the "state-
of-the-art" and projet ts in remote sensing technology anticipated
in the future.

There were.numerous participating agencies and groups
each of whom demonstrated various methods of application and uses
of remote sensing data. Ta ble 4-3 contains a list of these
participants and their topics of presentation.

4-24

Table 4-3. List of Speakers at Hawaii CZM Remote Sensing Seminar

Hideto Kono "Welcome"
Director
Department of Planning &
Economic Development

Gary Gnauck "General Introduction to
Senior Resource Scientist Remote Sensing"
Electromagnetic Systems
Laboratories, Inc.

Ed Van Vleck. "NASA's Remote Sensing Pro-
Research Scientist grams; Present and Future
NASA/Ames Research Center Examples of NASA's Remote,
Sensing Applications"

,Ray Tabata "NOAA's 'It's Your Coast'
Marine Environment Specialist @Movie"
Sea Grant Program, University
of Hawaii

Virginia Macdonald "CZM Hawaii Slide Show"
Planner
Department of Planning &
@Economic Development

Len Zuras ""Applications of Aircraft.
Technical Staff Photographic Data"
Electromagnetic Systems
Laboratories, Inc.

Richard Witmer "USGS Land Use Mapping".
Geography Program
Geological Survey
U_-S. Department of the
Interior

Leonard-Gaydos "U5dS Land Use Mapping"
-Geography.Program
Geological.Survey
U.S. Department of the
Interior

4-25

Table 4-3. Continued.

Ed Petteys "Application of Remote Sensing
Forester in Hawaiian Forestry"
Forestry Divi-sion
State Department of Land &
Natural, Resources

Jim Nichols "LANDSAT Multi-Level Inventory;
Manager, Earth Resources Procedures & Applications"
Application (Pacific Northwest Regional
,Electromagnetic Systems Commission)
Laboratories, Inc.

Art Reed "U-2 Photos and Marine
Professor Education"
Department-of Zoology
University of Hawaii

Bill Liggett TZM Data Inventory System
System Management Slide Show"
Coordinator
Pacific Urban Studies &
Planning Program
University of Hawaii

Chris Christoffels "DPED Data Facility Status
Planner and Availability"
DPED Seminar Moderator &
Coordinator
Department of Planning &
Economic Development

Larry Chime "Relationship of Remote
Resource Scientist Sensing Technology and the
Electromagnetic Systems Hawaii CZM Program"
Lai Doratories, Inc.

4-26

4.2 Continued.

The seminar was well received and emphasized the use of
many formats and types of data and how to best apply specifib'data
types to individual application problems. Attendees 'were given
ample opportunity at the end of each session to question the
speakers via a panel discussion format. Most sought information
on how to obtain certain.types,of data (e.g., low altitude photo-
graphy,-U-2 photography, skylab, and ERTS imagery, etc.) and how
to make the most beneficial use of the imagery for their-specific
applications.- Such questions were answered by the panel members
or, if necessary, referred to other sources for more precise
information.

The following is a list of the primary speakers at the
seminar and a brief synopsis of each topic:

1. General Introduction to Remote Sensing
Gary E. Gnauck
Sr. Technical Scientist, ESL Incorporated
Hawaii CZMP Consultant

Mr. Gnauck defined remote sensing and explained the
fundamentals upon which the technology is built
including: (a) introduction to the theory with
emphasis of the properties of electromagnetic
energy, (b) the various types of sensors and
detectors that are used to record the energy,
(c) the data analysis techniques employed to.
derive useful information, and (d) an overview of
applications.

4:T-27

4.2 Continued.

2. NASA's Remote Sensing Programs; Present and Future
Examples of NASA's Remote Sensing Applications
Ed Van Vleck
Research Scientist
NASA/Ames Research Center

Remote-sensing capabilities of current satellites
and aircraft and near future satellites w6re
discussed to familiarize the workshop participants
with NASA's efforts in this area.

A short overview of NASA's diverse remote sensing
applications activities were discussed. Several
on@-going projects, such as the Pacific Northwest
Land Resources,'Inventory Demonstration Project, and
the.H.awaii-DPED Coastal Zone.Management Project,
were discussed to show how NASA works with state
,governments in trans If.erring thetechnology for
using remotely sensed data.

3. Applications of Aircraft Photographic Data
Leonard Zuras
Member Technical Staff, ESL Incorporated

Topics' of discussion included the interpretive
applications of high and low altitude aircraft
derived photographic data. The various applications-
of specific film types including color, color
infrared, and black and white, as well as their
spectral characteristics, were. presented. The
use of these films as data sources for determining

4-28

4.2 Continued.

land use and land inventory analysis in Hawaii was
emphasized through visual, presentation.- Additionally,.
information regarding the*past and future deploy-
ments of the NASA U-2 aircraft to-Hawaii were
discussed-. This included description of the project
itself and availability of U-2 photographic data to
the general public and governmental agencies.

4. USGS Land Use@Mapping
Richard Witmer and Leonard Gaydos
Geography Program
Geological Survey
U.S. Department-of Interior,

Topics of discussion included the interpretation
and processing of remotely sensed data for the
production of Land-Use maps on the eastern coast.,
of the U.-S. -Typical maps were presented and
reviewed. Discussion included future areas to be
mapped covered by this program and the availability
of these maps. Additionally, examples of on-going
ERTS analysis and machine processing techniques
were revi ewed including a discussion of the results.

5. _Application of Remote Sensing in Hawaiian Forestry
Edwin Q. P. Petteys.
Timber Survey Forester

The use of remote sensing techniques and materials
is not new to the Hawaii,Division of Forestry a-nd
its cooperator, the U.S. Forest Service. Aerial

4-29

4.2 Continued.

photographs and their ancillary equipment have been
in use since the late 1950's. Products resulting
from the use of these photographs include.three
major forest inventories, a forest type map set, a
forest plantation map set,-countless small inventories,
referencing aids, and forest-condition information.
They have recently completed a forest trend and
condition-study as part of the ohia decline project,
and a similar job is underway for the mamane forest
type on Mauna Kea. They have been using the U-2
high altitude imagery.1in some of the recent ohia
work, and anticipate more intensive use of this
material as familiarity with it grows. They are
cooperating with the EROS Data Center in investiga-
ting new methods for our future condition studies,
and the possible use of satellite imagery in their

programs.

6'. LANDSAT Multi-Level Inventory; Procedures and
Applications
James D. Nichols
Manager, Resource Applications Department
ESL Incorporated
Hawaii--CZMP Consultant

An interdisciplinary interagency renewable resource
survey, inventory, and mapping system based on
computer-analyzed LANDSAT multi-spectral scanner
data is a cost-effective alternative as support to
the independent information gathering procedures
now being used. This statement is supported by the

4-30

4.2 Continued.

increasing evidence that,through proper human--
computer analysis of LANDSAT multispectral data
much of the information necessary for resource
allocation, management, inventory assessment,.and
mapping can be obtained very cost-effectively_,,_- By
complementing this LANDSAT derived data base,
through the use of minimal analysis. of small-scale
photography, large-scale photography, and ground
data,\one can meet or exceed the current information.-
gathering standards imposed on the various agencies'
involved in the management of our renewable natural.
resources. This presentation discussed the general
theory and methodology for,integrating the multiple
information sources with an example of its
implementation. C)

7. U-2 Photos and Marine Education

S. Arthur Reed
Zoology Department
University of Hawaii

In 1975 and 1974 the NASA Earth Resources Aircraft
Proj-ect (ERAP) performed,high-altitude photographic
overflights of some coastal areas of the Hawaiian
Islands in the U-2 reconnaissance aircraft. Resulting
x 18" transparencies on Aerochrome Infrared film
(SO-127) and aerial color film (SO-24Z) are.of
excellent image quality and show multiple overlapping
wave swell and sea patterns in the open ocean and

near shore.

4-31

4.2 Continued.

Smaller sections of these photo.images were re-
photographed on 35 mm Kodachrome 25 color film,
using color balancing filters and camera support,
and employed as a teaching resource in a unit on
ocean waves in the Hawaii marine Studies Science
Curriculum Project now being developed for high

school students.

In the wave unit, students were introduced to
fundamentals of wave phenomena through observations
and measurements ta ken in wave tanks, ripple tanks,
8 mm film loops, and reading materials. As a culmi-
national for the unit, the students were asked to
analyze the complex wave patterns shown in the NASA
aerial photos. Such wave phenomena as long period
ocean sweels; short wind driven,wave chop; inter
ference patterns of wave energies; reflection,
refraction, and diffraction of waves; focusing of
wave energy on beaches; effect of harbor design on
wave patterns are all vividly shown with great
clarity on these pho tographs.

Details of techniques for photocopying on to 35 inm
film and the use of these photos by students were
presented.

4-32

continued.

8. DPED'Data Facility Status and Availability
Chris Christoffels
Planner
DPED Seminar Moderator & Coordinator
Department of Planning and Economic Development
State of Hawaii

Topics of discussion included presently available
remote sensing information sources retained at the
DPED data facility. Future data source aVailabilityr
and opportunities for obtaining remote sensing
imagery from other agencies were also presented.

9. Relationship of Remote Sensing Technology and the
Hawaii CZM program
Lawrence R. Chime
Resource Scientist, ESL Incorporated
Hawaii CZMP Consultant

Summarizing remote sensing techniques and applica-
tions.presented at the seminar, Mr. Chime correlated
how these could be and are being utilized in planning,
implementing and monitoring the Coastal Zone Manage-
ment Program in Hawaii. Also discussed were new
-sensors,-film types and displa y techniques,
previously unavailable, and how they offer
opportunities to produce accurate, documented and
persuasive management tools for presentation to
concerned public, private and governmental agencies.
Examples of CZM output products.were exhibited and
efficiency parameters which optimize utilization

addressed.

4-33

4.2 ---Continued.

The seminar represented a significant opportunity for
ESL to@de@monstrate the efficiency and cost-effectiveness remote
sensing data for resource inventory purposes. A significant
amount of resource information has already been ga thered over the
state of Hawaii through this technology and is currently available
for CZM utilization in addressing the information requirements
germane to proper planning and management of the Coastal Zone.

Table 4-4 represents a list of.those persons. registered
at the seminar and the various groups or agencies each represented.

@-34

Table 4-4. ESL Seminar Attendees

No. Agency Names

1. U.H., Zoology Dept. S. Arthur Reed
2. Dept. Defense Robert E. Schank, Civil Def.
3. U.H., Botany Dept. Linda L. Smith
4. U.S-Fish & Wildlife Serv. Maurice H. Taylor, Ecol. Div.
@5- U.H., Agronomy & Soil Sc. Haroyoshi Ikawa
6.. U.S.'Soil Conservation
Serv. Oran F. Bailey
7. U.S' Agric. Research Serv. Kiichi Ohinata
8. Dept. of Land & Nat. Res.
State Parks R. Sue
9. DLNR, Forestry Div. Edwin Q. P. Petteys
Mogi Planning & Res. H. Mogi, H.P. McGuire, Jr.
11. Tryck, Nyman & Hayes David Cook, Douglas Lucas
12. U.H.,, Hawaii Institute
of Geophysics J. Frisbee Campbell
13. Kauai,Water Dept. Walter L. 8riant, Jr.,,
Wayn
e Hinazumi
14. DLNR, Forestry.Div. Carl T. Masaki
15. U.H., J.K.K. Look Lab.
Ocean Engrs. George Weber
16. DPED, CIP Branch Robert Hee, Norm Shiroma-
17. U.H., Hawaii Instit. of
Marine Biology John Corbin, Dick Brock
18. U.,H., J.K.K. Look Lab.
Ocean Engrs. John T. O'Brien
19. Bishop Museum,, Pacific
Scientific Info. Center Lee S. Moteler
20. Hawaii Co., Dept. of
Water Supply William H. Sewake
21. DPED, State Policy Plan
Div. Patrick Ribellia
22. Hawaii Co., Planning Dept. Sydney Fuke, Norm Hayashi,
Lani Bowmann
23. U.H., Geography Dept. Sen. Dou Chang,
Geo. Sakasegame,
Michael Thomas
24. C. & Co., Bd. of Water
Supply Chester Lao, Glenn Bauer
25. Sam 0. Hirota, Inc. Dr. Dennis Hirota
26. U.H., Water Res. Res. Ctr. Henry Gee,
Edwin T. Hurabayashi
27. DPED Land Use Comm. Ah Sung Leong

4-35

Table 4-4. Continued.

No. Agency Names

28. Office of Marine Affairs
Coord. Howard Pennington
Z9. Maui Co., Planning Dept. John Min
30. Kauai Co., Planning Dept. Bert Matsumoto, Tomoo Hiranaka
31. Bishop Museum,
Anthropology Dept. Dr. Patric G. McCoy
32. U.S. Corps of Engrs. James E. Maragos, James A. Roy,-
Kalino Vernon
33. DPED, Long Range Planning
Bureau R. Poirier, V. MacDonald,
C. Takahashi, C. Christoffels,
B. Lew
34. Health Dept., Environ.
Hlth. Eugene Akazawa, Edwin Kubeta,
Kazuto Sheshido
35. DPED-, Land Use Div. Tatsuo Fujimoto,
Gordan Furutani
36. DOT,''Habors Div. Melvin Lepine, Dan Tnaka,
John Lee
37. Hawaii Co., Dept. of
Res. & Development Marvin Uda, Yoehio.Watmiase
38. DPED, Res. & Econanalysis
Div. Paul J. Schwino, Lynn Y.S. Zane,
39. U.H." PUSPP Kem Lowrey, Margo Stahl,
Bob Stanfield, Vern Umebu
40. U-.S. Dept. of Agric.
Statistical Reporting
Serv. Lloyd Garrett
41. U.H. HESL Bill Leggett, Kurt Von' Nieder,
Dieter M. Dumbois,
John Rookie
42. U.S. Naval Facil. Engrg.
Com., Pacific Div. Allen Matsuoka
43. DOT, Statewide Trans.
Planning Office Bennett Mark
44. R.M. Towill Corp. Douglas Mukai,-F.D. "Bud"
Vuillemot
45. U.H., Dept. of Geography Margaret Elliott
46. DOT, Highways Div. Dennis Santo, Nardess Awana,
Douglas Obimoto, Harold Zane
47. C. & Co., Dept. of Land
Utilization 1 rep.

4-36

TableA-4. Continued.

No. Agency Names

.48. (Various) DPED/USGS/NASA/
ESL H. Kono, F. Skrivanek,
R. Witmer, L. Gaydos,
L. Zuras, J. Nichols,@
L. Chime, G. Gnauck,
E. Van Vleck
49. Office of Environ. Quality
Control, Richard Scudder, Mike Lim
Geo. Matsumoto, Lesue Asari,
Thomas Nakama, Nancy Brown
50.' DLNR Walter Watson, Dan Lum,
Paul Makuo, Noboru Kaneguro
51. Dept. of Agriculture Robert Miura, Robert Nagao,
Larry Nakahara
52. Haw. Water Resources
Reg. Study Harry Sato
53. C. & Co., Dept. of Land
Utilization Robert Duncan
54. Hawaii Co.,-Dept. of
Parks &-Recreation Glenn Miyao
55. U.S.' Geological Survey
Water Resources Frank Hidaka, Sauvyn S.W. Ghinn,
Robert Dale, Chas. Ewart,
Iwao Matsuoka, Richard Nakahara,
Harold Sexton., Kiyoshi Takasaki,
Santos Valenciano
56. U.H., Kewalo Marine Lab. Shepard Williams
57. U.S. Geological Survey
Pete Peterson (Retired)'
58. C. & Co., Honolulu,
Dept. Public Works,
Sewers Div. Robert Ishida, J. Hamai

4-37

5. LIST OF REFERENCES.

American Society of Photogrammetry, 1960, ManuaZ of Photographic
Interpretation, America@n Society of Photogrammetry,
Washington, D.C.

American Society of Pho.togrammetry, 1975, ManuaZ of Remote Sensing:,
VoZumes I and 11, American Society of Photogrammetry,
Washington, D.C.

Andersen, 1976, U.S. GeoZogicaZ Survey 964_, Land Use and Land Cover
CZassification System, U_,,S.G.S., Washington, D.C.

Banner, A.H,. and Bailey, J. H.1 1970, The Effects of Urban
PoZZution Upon a CoraZ Reef System.,@ HIMB, Honolulu, Technical
Report, #25.

Clanson,_-M. and,Stewart, C. L., 1965, Land Use Information. A
CriticaZ Survey of U.S. Statistics IncZuding PossibiZities
for Greater Uniformity, The Johns Hopkins Press for Resources'
for the Future Inc., 402 p, Baltimore, Maryland.

ESL Inc., 1975, Hawaii CoastaZ Zone Management, Document 5, The
AppZication of Remote Sensing and Computer TechnoZogy to
CoastaZ Zone Management.

Gerritsen, F., 1973, "Hawaiian Beaches," CoastaZ Engineering-,
Volume 7-24, page 1257.

Goehring, Darryl R. and McKnight, J.S., 1972, "Remote Sensing
Applications in Urban and Regional Planning in Los Angeles
Metropolis: Problems and Acdomplishments."-Remote Sensing
of Earth Resources VoZume 1, Editor: F. Shakrokhi, the
University of Tennessee Space Institute, Tullahoma, Tennessee.

Hessling, A. H., 1975, "The Development of a Land Use Inventory for
Regional Planning Using Satellite Imagery," Proceedings of
NASA, Earth Resources Survey Symposium, -Houston, Texas.

Hill-Rowley, R., et al, 1975, "Improved Resource Use Decisions and
Actions Through Remote Sensing," Proceeding of the NASA Earth
Resources Surv-ey Symposium, Houston,-Texas.

Jerlov, N. G. and Nielson, E.S., 1974, OpticaZ Aspects of
Oceanography, Academic-Press, New York.

5-1-

Jondrow, James W., 1975, "Cases in the Relation of Research on
Remote Sensing-to Decision Makers in a State Agency,"
Earth Resources Survey Symposium., Volume 1-6, Technical
Sessions, Land Use - Marine, National Aeronautics and Space
Administration, L. B. Johnson Space Center.

Levin, J.,1970, A Literature Review of the Effects of Sand Removal
on Coral Reef Communities, UNIHI-Sea Grant-TR-71-01.

Lionberger, H. F., 1960, Adoption-of New ideas and Practices,
Iowa State University Press, Ames, Iowa.

Maragos, J. E. et al, 1975, Hawaii Coastal Zone Management Program,
Tech Supplement #1, Hawaii Coastal Zone Ecosystems,
Commission for Department of Planning and Economic Development
by Pacific Urban Studies Planning Program, Hawaii CZM
Program.

Moberley, R., 1968, Loss of Hawaiian Littoral Sand, J. Sed.
Petrology, 38:17-34.

Moberly, R., Campbell, F., and Coulbourn, W., 1975, Offshore and
Other Sand Resources for -Oahu, Hawaii, UNIHT-SEAGRAM-TR-
75-03, 33 pp.

NOAA, 1975, Draft Threshold Papers; No. 1, Boundary; No. 2,
Permissible Uses; No. 3, Geographical Areas of Particular
Concern; No. 4, PubZic and Governmental InvoZvement; No. 5,
State-FederaL Interaction-NationaZ Interests; No. 6, Organiza-
tion; No. 7, Authorities, National oceanic and Atmospheric
Agency Office of Coastal Zone Management.

Perlman, E. and Raney, R. K., 1972, "The Utilization of Remotely
Sensed Information in Formulating Public Policy: Lessons
Learned in Situ," Remote Sensing of Earth Resources., Volume 1,
Editor: F. Shakrokhi, the University of Tennessee Space
Institute, Tullahoma, Tennessee.

Perloff, H. S., 1957, Education for Planning: City, State and
RegionaL, Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, Maryland.

Roach, J. et al. 1975, Offshore Aggregate Survey - Kawaihae Bay
MahaiuZa Bay: Kona Coast Island of Hawaii, A Preliminary
Report, Available at the Office of Marine Affairs, State of
Hawaii.

5-2

Ross, Donald S., 1974, Experiments in Oceanographic Aerospace
Photography, Some FiLms and Techniques fop Improved Ocean
Image Recording-, Final,Report Contract No. 3-35337, Spacecraft
Oceanography Program of NOAA, Washington, D.C.

Soil Conservation Service, 1972, SoiZ Survey of IsZands of Kauai,
Oahu, Maui, MaZokai_, and Lanai, State of Hawaii, U.S.
Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service and the
University of Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station,
Washington, D.C.

Sparks, 1963, Survey of the Oyster PotentiaZ of Hawaii, Division
of'Fish and Game, D.L.N.R., Hawaii.

State La nd Use Commission, 1975, RuZes of Practice and-Procedures
and District ReguZations., State of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii.

5-3

APPENDIX A

STATEWIDE WETLANDS MAPPING

This appendix provides the phase one wetland data
sheets for each county in the state. The reader desiring to.
review actual wetlands maps should contact Department of Planning
and Economic Development, Kamaulu Building, Honolulu, Hawaii.

A-1

KAUAI COUNTY WETLANDS (PHASE ONE)

Twenty three (23) wetland or possible wetland areas
have been-identified on Kauai and Niihau Islands.

Number Designation.

Each wetland is designated by number and its.1corres-
ponding USGS 7 1/2 minute quadrangle map. An accompanying mylar
overlay registered to the quadrangle map illustrates each wetland
delineation.

Letter Designation.

Letter designatio.ns indicate that awetland identified
on existing USGS quadrangle maps no longer exists. Agriculture,
urban expansion or-som e other use has resulted in its
disappearance.

Photographic Information.

Phas6 One's task was to locate wetland and possible
wetland areas through the use of aerial photographic techniques.
Two sources of information were utilized:

1. 1974 and 1975 NASA U--2 High Altitude Aircraft
Color Infrared (SO-127) photographs at scales of
1:65,000 and 1:32,500.

A-4

2. 1975 and 1976 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Low
Altitude Black and White photographs at a scale
of,1:6,000.

All information required for locating the precise photo-
graph utilized is included. To observe particular sites with a
stereoscopic viewer, the frames preceding or following those
listed should also be obtained. Photography is available at
bPED, Coastal Zone Management offices or at the offices of the
U.S.'Army Corps of Engineers.

Corps Imagery Overlay No.

To identify a wetland boundary with further precision''
an overlay of the 1:6,000 scale imagery is included., Overlay-th e
correct mylar with its corresponding photograph for a detailed
delineation of the wetland. These low altitude photographs exist
only along the shoreline.areas;. inland wetlands are covered with
U-2 imagery only.@ Theseare identified in the ",Corps.Imagery
Overlay No. column.

A-3

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay Ug,_

Hanapepe Quad 1. Definite wetland - salt marsh/pond
NASA Flight #74185, Access #01951,
Frames 1155 (10/74) (1:65,000 scale)
Corps - Kauai, Frame 1-287 (4/10/75)
(1: 6000 scale) Cl

Comment: Little or no Vegetation,
mostly salt mud flat.

2.1 Possible wetland - Poopueo Reservoir
NASA Flight 47,4185, Access #01951,
Frames 1155 (10/74)

Comment: This is a reservoir area,
not typically included in "wetlands."
Reservoir appears to be filling in
'with vegetation.

Koloa Quad A. Wetland marked on USGS Quad (Koloa
1963); however, photo interpreta-
tion identifies that area as
pasture.
NASA Flight #85108, Access #02147
(1:65,000 scale) -
@Frame 2965 (7/75).

3. Possible wetland - Waita Reservoir
NASA Flight #75108, Access #02147,
Frame 2965 (7/75)

Comment: Marsh type vegetation on
North rim and Western bay of
reservoir.

A-4

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

Koloa/Hanapepe
Quads 4. Possible wetland Nomilo fishpond
(south end)
Corps Kauai, Frame 1-306 (4/10/75) C2
Corps Kauai, Frame 1-304 (4/10/75) C3
NASA Flight 75-115, Access '02155,
Frame 32-07 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

Comment: A possible, very small, wet-
land on the South end of Nomilo
fishpond. The heavy dense brush
vegetation on the steep sides of the
fishpond is probably Koa-hoale/Kiawe.
Also in vicinity are several
additional possible wetlands that
are small, but should be field checked.

Lihue Quad 5. Wet-land Menehune fishpond/Huleia stream
area; mangrove and marsh vegetation;
inland turns into lowland meadow.
NASA Flight #75108, Access #02147,
Frame #2960
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Kauai Frame 1-13 (4/12/75) C4

Comment: Riparian type wetland.

6. Wetland, Niumalu Flat
NASA Flight 75108, Access #02147,
Frame 2960
Corps Kauai Frame 1-17 (4/12/75) C5

Comment: Signature on U-2 suggests
rush and Californiagras�.

A-5

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number OvQrlav No.

Lihue/Koloa
Quads 7. Possible wetland Huleia Tributary'--
coming through upland pasture area.
NASA Flight #75108, Access #b2147,
Frame 2960 (7/75)

Comment: Some wet soil and standing
water is evident, but area is heavily
pastured. Area may contain sparse
marsh plants.

Kapaa Quad B. Called out on USGS Quad (Kapaa, 1963)
as wetland. Photo interpretation
identifies much of this area now in
agriculture.
NASA Flight #75108, Access #02147,
Frame 2960 (7/75)

Comment: This area is used as a
pasture, overstudy is Hau and Java
plum. Many of,the trees have been
cut to encourage forage production.

8. Possible wetland -
NASA Flight #75108, Access #02147,
Frame 2960 -
Corps Kauai 1-37
(NASA Flight 74-179, Access #019-42,
Frame 64) C6

Comment: This area consists of
various grasses and herbaceous
vegetation. The high altitude U-2
imagery exhibits a dark bluish signa-
ture typical of wet soil. This is
15.robably a temporary condition,.but
Area should be field checked.

A-6

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

'Kapaa Quad 9. Wetland - Mauka of Kapaa
(continued) NASA Flight #75105, Access #02147
(1:65,000 scale)
Frame 2958 (7/75)

Comment: Wetland consists of open
water and marsh vegetation surrounded
by woody brush species. The area was
not field checked. Infrared signature
analysis indicates a mixture of
species with various rushes and Cali-
forniagrass probably dominating.
Woody vegetation is probably Hau,
Christmas berry, Pluchea with Java
plum and possibly ironwood.

Anahola Quad 10. Wetland - Anahola Valley
NASA Flight #75105,'Access #02147,
Frame #2957 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Kauai - Frame 1-70 (4/12/75) C7

Comment: Wetland area gradually
changing into waste field as one pro-
gresses Mauka of wetland. Probable
vegetation types in wetland are
various grasses and sedges with Cali-
forniagrass predominating. Pluchea,
Christmas berry and Java plum in
surrounding area with ironwood,
castor bean and Caesalpinia sp. also
present. The area appears to have
been partially drained.

A-7

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

Hanalei 11. Wetland - near Hanalei Bay
NASA Flight,#74-179, Access #01942
Frame #0022 (10/74) (1:32,500 sacle)
Corps Kauai - Frame 1-134 (4/10/75) C8

Comment: Open w@@ter marsh wetland area
grading into mixed forest. Specific
wetland not field-checked, but likely
vegetation in wetland proper would be
rushes, sedges, grasses and Pluchea
with Java plum, guava, Hau, scattered
mango, ironwood, palm trees and
banana.

12. Possible Wetland
NASA Flight #74-179, Access #01942,
Frame #0022 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)
Corps Kauai Frame 1-129 Cil

Comment: Signature on U-2 and low
altitud'e Corps imagery is lowland
grass and marsh area; should be field-
checked.

C. Called out on USGS Quad (Hanalei).as
wetland - appears on photography to be
developed into agriculture area.
NASA Flight 04-179, Access #01942,
Frame #0022 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)

13. Wetland - nearing climax stage
pasture and spotted marsh areas
near Kalihiwai Stream
NASA Flight #75108, Access #02147,
Frame #2970 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

A-8

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

Hanalei Comment: This is a remnant upland
(continued) marsh area. The area is a mixture of
brush, meadow and marsh and the plant
species highly variable. Field check
revealed re gion contains a few
scattered wet marshy areas about 1/4
to 1 acre in size. The remainder of
the area appears well,drained due to
good natural drainage system. Area
is lightly pastured. Plant species
present include common guava, straw-
berry guava, Kikui, Ohia-Lehua, false
staghorn fern, Pandanus, Malabar
melastome, shoebutto-n ardisia, various
grasses (Paspalum sp.., Digitaria sp.,
Axonopus sp.); ferns (Nephorlepis
exaltata) and club moss (Lyropodium
cernuum) are also common.

14. Possible Wetland - lowland meadow near
Wainiha Stream,
NASA Flight #75115, Access #02155,
Frame 3200 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Kauai 1-142 (4/10/75) C9

Comment: Area is a lowland meadow
used for pasture. Remnant marsh plant
species may be found. (If this area
is designated as wetland after field
check, other stream mouth lowland
areas should also be field checked
for possible inclusion.)

Haena 1.5. Wetland
NASA Flight #75115, Access #03255,
Frame 3200 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

Comment: Signature indicates primary
species as Californiagrass and rush.

A-9

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number OverlaV No.

Haena 16. Wetland - Alakai Swamp
Waimea NASA Flight #75115, Access #02155,
Waialeale Frames 3198, 3199, 3200 (7/75)
Quads (1:65,000 scale)

Comment: Swamp as outlined on quad
sheets follows contour lines and-is
only approximate. Similarly, exact
limits of swamp not discernible on
U-2 photos, however, treeless areas
within swamp are easily delineated.
In the open areas the dominant plant
species are Kuolohia, Hillebrand's
panicgrass, Forbes' panicgrass and
Pani cum oreoboloides.

In the stunted island or hummack areas,
common species included Ohia-Lehua,
Cheirodandron sp., Kawa'u, Pilo, Poke-
hiwa, and lousestrife.' In the marginal
areas around the bog portions, typical
species,include Ohia-Lehua,
Cheirodandron sp., Kawa'u, Naupuka,
Pilo, Kauai sandalwood, Pukiawe,
several Ohelo (Vaccinium dent'atum
..vr.Cminutifolium, and Vaccinium
calycirum).

Hanapepe Quad 17.- Wetland by Waimea River
NADA Flight #75115, Access #02155,
Frame 3205 (7/75) -
(l:65,000 scale)
Corps Kauai 1-273 (4/10/75) Clo

Comment: Former pond, now filled in
with vegetation; probably California-
grass, rushes and sedges.

A-10

Wetland Number Corps Imagery
Overlay No.

Koloa Quad 18. Wetland - Kanaele Swamp
NASAFlight #75115, Access #02155,
Frame 320 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

Comment: Mountain marsh, similar to
Alakai.

Niihau (15 19. Possible wetland - Halalii Lake
min.) Quad NASA Flight #75-115, 'Access #02155,
Frame #3215 (7/75) (1:65,000 scale)
NASA Flight #74-185, Access #1951,
Frame 1963, 1964 (10/74)
1:65,000 scale)

Comment: This wetland consists of
several mud flats and associated
plant species on the borders of
Halalii Lake, Halulu Lake and other
unnamed "dry" dashed lines as the
perimeters fluctuate with the rain-
fall; On the 1975 U-2 imagery
(Access, #2155), Halulu Lake is
nearly dry as is the one immediately
to the south, while,Halalii Lake
retains some water. The situation
is reversed in 1974 (Access, #1951).
The most dominant vegetation
surrounding the wetland is Kiawe,
-or Kiawe and Koa-haole. Pickleweed
will probably be found in the mud
flat areas.

20. Possible wetland - Kaununui Point a rea
NASA Flight #75-115, Access #02155
Frame #3214 (7/75) (1:65,000 scale)

A-11

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

Niihau (15 Comment: Possible wetland Mauka of
min.) dammed'area. Vegetation appears to
(continued) be "flooded" Kiawe. .(There are
several additional very small,
apparently temporary, wetlands along
this coast of Niihau considered too
small to map.)

Hanalei Quad 21. Wetland - adjacent to Hanalei River
NASA Flight #74-179, Access #01942,
Frame #0022 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)

Comment: U-2 signature indicates
grasses and rushes are primary
species.

22. Wetland adjacent to Hanalei River
NASA Flight #74-174, Access #01942,
Frame #0022 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)

Comment: Similar to Wetland #21,
mostly grass and rush.

Kekaha Quad 23. Wetland - small separated patches
near Barking Sands.
NASA Flight #74-185, Access #01951,
Frame #1157 (10/74)
(1:65,000 scale)

Comment: This wetland contains
Sesbania tomentosa H. & A., a rare
and endangered species.

A-12

OAHU COUNTY WETLANDS (PHASE ONE)

Sixteen (16) wetland or possible wetland areas have
been identified on Oahu Island.

Number Designation.

Each wetlahd is designated by number and its correspond-
ing USGS 7 1/2 minute quadrang-le map. An accompanying mylar
overlay registered to-the quadrangle map ill ustrates each wetland
del ineation.

Letter Designation.

Letter designations indicate that a wetland identified
on existing USGS quadrangle maps no longer exists.- Agriculture,.
urban expansion or some other use has resulted in its
disappearance.

Photographic Information.

Phase One's task was to locate wetland,and possible
wetland areas through the use of aerial photographic techniques..
Two sources of information were utilized:

1. 1974 and 1975 NASA U-'2 High Altitude Aircraft
Color Infrared (SO-127) photographs at scales of.,
1:65,000 and 1:32,500..

A-13

2. 1975 and 1976 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Low
Altitude Black and White photographs at.a scale
of 1:6,000.

All information required for locating the precise photo-
graph utilized is included. To' observe particular sites with a
stereoscopic viewer, the frames preceding or following those
listed should also be obtained. Photography is available at
DPED, Coastal Zone Management offices or at the offices of the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

Corps Imagery Overl ay No.

To identify a wetland boundary with further precision
-an overlay of the 1:6,000 scale imagery is included. Overlay the
correct mylar with its correspond ing photograph for a detailed
delineation of the wetland. These low altitude photographs exist
only along the shoreline areas; inland wetlands are covered with
U-2 imagery only. These are identified in the "Corps Imagery
Overlay No. column.

A-14

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

Kanehoe Quad 1. Coastal Wetland
NASA Flight #74-179, Access #01942
Frame #0103 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale) -
Corps Oahu-2-252 (4/13/75) C7

2. Coastal Wetland
Same (N-1) Corps Oahu-2-245 (4/13/75) C6

3. Coastal Wetland - some mangrove by
Heeia Fishpond.
Same (N-1) Corps Oahu-2-232 (4/13/75) C5

Mokapu Quad 4. Kawainui Swamp - sedge/reed marsh
NASA Flight #74-179, Access #01942
Frame #0087 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)

Comment: Predominant species are
Californiagrass and great bullrush.

5. Possible wetland near Kaelepulu Pond

Comment: Remnant marsh, part of
Kawainul Swamp.

A. Wetland marked on USGS quads, no
longer observed - housing
development.

Kaneohe Quad 6. Possible wetland - borders sewage
treatment plant.
Corps Oahu-2-214 (4/13/75) C4

A--1 5

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

Mokapu Quad 7. Wetland - on Mokapu Peninsula
(Federal land)
NASA Flight #74-179, Access #01942,
Frame #0089 (10/74)
(1:65--,000 scale)
Corps Oahu-2-167_(4/13/75) C2
Corps Oahu-2-201 (4/13/75) C3

Comment: Remnant marsh, U-2
signature indicates bare soil/salt
flat.

Honolulu Quad 8. Possible wetland - inside Diamondhead
crater.
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147
Frame #2912 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Oahu-2-68 (3/25/75) Cl

Waipahu and 9. Series of small wetlands - West Lock
Ewa Quad Pearl Harbor
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2916 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)-

Comment: U-2 signature indicates
grasses and mangrove.

Waianae Quad- 10. Wetland - reservoirs filling in
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2941 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

Kaena Quad 11. Wetland - middle of Dillingham
Air Force Base
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2941 (7/75) 1(1:65,000 scale)

A-16

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number bverlay No.

Haleiwa 12. Remnant wetland
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2947
Corps Oahu-1-252 (4/11/75) C12

B. Behind Kaiaka Bay marsh/wetland
indicated on quad but P.I. shows
development.

13. Wet-land - Ukoa Pond
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2947 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Oahu-1-257 (4/11/75) Cil

Waimea Quad 14. Possible wetland - Waimea River,
Estuarine Sit. Mouth
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2948 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Oahu-1-267 (4/11/75) Clo

Comment: Remnant; being taken-over
by U.H. Agricultural Experiment
Station.

15. Kalou Marsh
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2955 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Oahu-1-279 (6/3/75) C9

Kahuku. Quad 16. Wetland areas near Kahuku Point
(significantly reduced),,
NASA Flight #75-108, Access #02147,
Frame #2954 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Oahu-2-325 (6/3/75) C8

A-17

Corps Imagery
Wetland Numbe overlay No.

Kahana.Quad C. Kahana Quad coastal wetland
indicated; U-2 imagery cloud
covered; should be checked 'on
low altitude Corps of Engineers
photography when available.

A-18

HAWAII COUNTY WETLANDS (PHASE ONE)

Fourteen (14), wetland or possible wetland areas have
been identified on Hawaii Island.

Number Designation.

Each wetland is designated by number and its correspond-
ing USGA 7 1/2 minute quadrangle map. An,accompanying mylar
overlay registered to the quadrangle map illustrates each wetland
dellineation.

Letter,Designation.

Letter designations indicate that a wetland identified
on existing USGS quadrangle maps no longer exists. Agriculture,
urban expansion or some other use has resulted in its
disappearance.

Photographic Information.

Phase One's task was to locate wetland and possible
wetland areas through the use of aerial photographic teclhniques.
Two sources of information were utilized:

1. 1974 and 1975 NASA U-2 High Altitude Aircraft Color
Infrared (SO-127) photographs at scales of
1:65,000 and 1:32,500.

A-19

2. 1975 a nd 1976 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Low
Altitude Black and White photographs at a scale
of 1:6,000.

All information required for locating the precise photo-
graph utilizedis, included.. To observe.particular sites with a
stereoscopic viewer, the frames preceding or following those
listed should also be obtained. Photography is-available at
DPED, Coastal,Zone Management offices or at the offices of the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.,

Corps Imagery Overlay No.

To identify a weltlandboundary with further precision
an overlay of the 1:6,000 scale imagery is included. Overlay
the correct mylar with its,corre-sponding photograph for a
detailed delineation of the wetland. These low altitude photo-
graphs exist only along the shoreline areas; inland wetlands are
covered with U-2 imagery only. These:are identified in the
"Corps Imagery Overlay No. column.

A-20

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

SOUTH HAWAII COUNTY

Kapoho Quad 1. Fishpond filling in, near Haleka Mahina f
NASA Flight #75-110, Access #02149,
Frame #3111 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Hawaii-2-79 (1/22/76) Cl

Punaluu 2. Pond area - possible wetland near
Punaluu Harbor
NASA-Flight #74-173, Access #01934,
Frame #0053 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)
Corps Hawaii-3-62 (11/4/75) C2

Kalae 3. Near Kaiole Bay possible wetland;
coastal ponds with aquatic vegetation.
.NASA Flight #74-173, Access #01934,
Frame #0059 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale),
Corps Hawaii-2-110 (11/4/75) C3

Puu Okeokeo 4'. "Na Manua Haalou" wetland -'aerial
photography indicates forest canopy
with possible wetland type understory.
Photography also indicates reduction
of wetland area noted on USGS quad.
NASA Flight #74-185, Access #01951,
Frame #1107

Kaunene Quad 5. Wetland indicated on Kaunene Quad
NASA Flight #74-185, Access #01951,
Frames #1068-1069 (stereo) (10/74)
(1:65,000 scale)

A-21

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number o-@erl@y No.

SOUTH HAWAII COUNTY (Continued)

Kaunene Quad Comment: No spectral change indicated
by vegetation; however, distinct and
easily delineated tree height difference
is seen in stereoscopic analysis,
probably due to wet soil.

NORTH HAWAII COUNTY

Keaau Ranch 6. Small coastal wetland around pond;
Quad near Haena
NASA Flight #75-110, Access-#02159,
Frame #3034 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Hawaii-3-62 (11/4/75) Clo

Hilo Quad 7. Kionakapahu and Lokoaka Ponds; may be
clas sified as wetlands based upon
surrounding vegetation.
NASA Flight #75-110, Access #02149,
Frame #3031 (7/75)"
(1:65,000 scale)
-,Corps Hawaii-1-274 (1/22/76) C4

Kukuihaele Quad 8. Waipio Valley wetland
NASA Flight #75-110, Access #02149,
Frame #3099 (7/75)
(1-:65,000 scale
NASA Flight #75@120, Access #02158,
Frame #0028 (7/75)
(1:32,500 scale)
Corps Hawaii-1-9 (12/11/75) C5

A-22

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

NORTH HAWAII COUNTY (Continued)

Honokane Quad 9. Waimanu Valley wetland
NASA Flight #75-120, Access #02158,
Frame #0028 (7/75)
(1:32,500 scale)
Corps Hawaii-1-79 (12/l1/75) C6

Comment: Primarily sedge surrounding
a pocket of rush/reed vegetation.
Bordered by guava, hau, mountain
apple, etc. See ESL First Year Report
for further description. --

10. Pololu Valley wetland
NASA Flight #75-120, Access #02158,
Frame #0023 (7/75)
(1:32,500 scale)
Corps Hawaii-1-53 (12/11/75) C7
NASA Flight #74-173, Access #01934,
Frame #0134 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)

Hawi Quad 11. Wetland area at base and within Puuiki
Cone
NASA Flight #74-173, Access #01934,
Frame #0133 (10/74)
(1:32,500 scale)

Kiholo Quad 12. Wetland near Kiholo Bay
.NASA Flight #74-185, Access #01951,
Frame #1128 (10/74)
(1:65,000 scale)
(Corps Hawaii-4-224 (6/29/75) C1l

A-23

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number overlay No.

NORTH HAWAII COUNTY (Continued)

Makalawena 13. Mixahaline Pond undergoing heavy
Quad sedimentation near Kawikohale,Point
NASA Flight #74-185, Access #01951,
Frame #1063 (10/74)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Hawaii-4-194 (6/29/75) C8

Keahole Pt. 14. Near Honokohau Bay - coastal wetland
NASA Flight #74-185, Access #01951,
Frame #1065 (10/74)
(1:65,000 scale)
Co rps Hawaii-4-162 (6/29/75) C9

A-24

MAUI COUNTY WETLANDS (PHASE ONE)

Twenty-two (22) wetland or possible wetland areas have
been identified on Maui., Molokai, Lanai and Kahoolawe Islands.

Number Designation.

Each wetland is designated by number and its correspond-
ing USGS 7 1/2.minute quadrangle map. An accompanying mylar
overlay..registered to the quadrangle map illustrates each wetland'
delineation.

Letter Designation.

Letter designations indicate that a-wetland identified
on existing USGS quadrangle maps no longer exists. Agriculture.,
urban expansion or some other use has resulted in its
disappearance.

Photographic, Information.

Phase One's task was to locate wetland and possible
wetland areas through the use of aerial photographic techniques.
Two'sources of information were utilized.

1. 1974 and 1975 NASA U-2 High Altitude Aircraft Color
Infrared (S,0-127) photographs at scales-of
1:65,000 and 1:32,500.

A-25

2. 1975 and 1976 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Low
Altitude Black and White photographs at a scale
of 1:6,000.

All information required for locating the precise-phot6-
graph utilized.is included. To observe particular sites with a
s-tereoscopic viewer, the frames preceding or following those
listed should also be obtained. Photography.is available at
DPED, Coastal Zone Management offices or at the offices of the
U.-S. Army Corps of Engineers.

Corps Imagery Overlay No.

To identify a wetland boundary with further precision
an' overlay,of the 1:6,000 scale imagery is included. Overlay'the
correct mylar with its corresIponding photograph for a detailed
delineation oft he wetland. These low altitude photographs exist
only along the shoreline areas; inland wetlands are covered with,
U-2 imagery only. These are identified in the "Corps Imagery
Overlay No. column.

A-26

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

MAUI

Wailuku/ 1. Wetland Kahana Pond Waterfowl Re fuge
Paia Quads NASA Plight #75-115, Access #02155,
Frame #3234 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Maui-2-73 (3/26/75) C5

Wailuku Quad 2. Wetland - much filled in - remnants
remain Paukukalo
NASA - same
Corps Maui-2-62 (3/36/75) C6

3. Possible Wetland - Coastal May be
inundated with sand.
NASA - same
Corps Maui-2-60 (3/26/75) C7

4. Possible Wetland,- near Waihee Pt.
NASA - same
Corps Maui-2-55 (3/26/75) C8

5. Keahikauo and Eke Crater - no
photographs available (cloud cover
on all).

Comment: Delineations made from
Wailuku quadrangle map.

Haiku Quad 6. Possible Wetland
NASA Flight #75-115, Access #02155,
Frame #3178 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

Comment: U-2 signature indicates bare
soil wetland located in stream bottom,
may be burned over meadow.

A-27

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number overlay No.
MAUI (Continued) 7.- Possible Wetland
NASA -.same

Comment: Possible small lake.

Keanae Quad 8. Possible Wetland Area near Waiakuna
Pond
NASA Flight #75-115, Access #02155,
Frame #3175 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)

Comment: Upland area may be marshland
due to springs.

Kaupo Quad 9. Kipahulu Valley - wetland - 'no good
imagery of actual marsh site.

Maalea Quad 10. Wetland salt.marsh - Kealia Pond
Area
NASA Flight #75-115, Access #02155,
Frame #3247 (7/75)
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Maui-1-80 (3/26/75) Cl
Corps Maui-1-82 (3/26/75) C2
-Corps Maui-1-85 (3/26/75) C3

Comment: Primary species are pluchea
and pickleweed.

A-28

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlax No.

MAUI (Cont inued)

Lanaina Quad 11. Wetland
NASA Flight #75-115, Access #02155,
Frame,#3160
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Maui-1-41 C4

Comment: NASA imagery exhibits bare
soil response, Corps imagery indicates
lake andmud flat.

MOLOKAI (MAUI COUNTY)

Molokai 12. Coastal Wetland
Airport/ NASA Flight #75-115, Access #62155,
Kaunakakai Corps Molokai-1-283 (Cll) to Cil
-Quads 1-300 (C12) (5/12/75) includes all C12
frames in between and Corps - Molokai C13
1-276 (C13) (7/4/75)

Comment: Seaward to pure mangrove
,swamp with salt marsh with extensive
pickleweed inland.

Y,aunakakai 13. Possible Wetland - similar to 1
Quad Corps Molokai-1-272 (7/4/75) C14

14. Wetland - fishpond area filling in
Corps Molokai-1-268-(7/4/75) C15

15. Coastal Wetlands - fishpond fill
I@ASA Flight #75-115, Access #02155,
Frame #3183 @ 1
(1:65,000 scale)
Corps Molokai-1-263 (7/4/75) C16

A-29

Corps Imagery
Wetland Number Overlay No.

MOLOKAI (MAUI COUNTY) (Continued)

Kaunakakai 16. Wetland
Quad NASA - same
(continued) Corps Molokai-1-256 (7/4/75) C17

17. Fishpond fill-in
NASA same
Corps Molokai -1-246 (5/12/75) C18

18.Fishpond fill-in
NASA same
Corps Molokai-1-243 (5/12/75) C19
Corps Molokai-1-241 (5/12/75) C20

19. Coastal Wetland
NASA same
Corps Molokai-1-235 (5/12/75) C21

20. Coastal Wetland fishpond sedimented
in.
Corps Molokai-1-311 (5/12/75) C9

21. Coastal Wetland fishpond sedimented
-in.
Corps Molokai-1-305 (5/12/75) Cl0

22. Coastal wetland - fishpond remnant
Corps Molokai-1-225 (5/12/75) C22

A-30

APPENDIX'B. KAUAI INVENTORY OVERLAY CLASSIFICATIONS AND
DESCRIPTIONS.-

B-1. overlay #1 Land Use-Districts

B-2. Overlay t2 Transportation

B-3. Overlay #3 Land Use

B-4. Overlay #4 Vegetation

B-5. Overlay #5 - Shoreline Habitat

B-6. Overlay #6 - Sand and Reef

B-7.- Overlay #7 - Streams and Rivers

B-8. Overlay #8 - Wetlands-

B-1

Overlay #1 - Land Use Districts.

Discussion of Land Use Districts as described-in the

State Land Use Commission Rules of Practice and Procedure and
District Regulations,_1975.

-Part II. Establishment of State Land Use Districts.

2-4. Districts and District Maps.

In order to.effectuate the purposes of,the Land Use Law,
all the lands in the State shall.be divided and placed into one
of the four (4) Land Use Districts:

11U11 Urban District
"All Agricultural District
11C11 Conservation District

"R11 Rural District

The boundaries of the above-mentioned Districts are shown on.
th6 maps on file in the Commission office. Not all ocean areas
and off-shore and outlying islands of the State in the Conservation
District are shown when deemed unnecessary to do so. The maps
shall be designated as the "Land Use District Maps of the State
of Hawaii."

In establishing the boundaries of the districts in each
County, the Commission shall give consideration to the General
Plan of the County.

B-2

2-2. Standards for Determining District Boundaries.

The following standards shall be used in establishing
the district boundaries.

1. "'U" Urban District. In determining the boundaries
for the "U" Urban District, the following standards

shall be-used:

a. It shall include lands characterized by "city-
like" concentrations of people,,structures,
streets, urban level-of services and other
related uses'.

b. It shall take into consideration the following,
specific factors:

1. Proximity to centers of trading and
employment facilities except where the
development would generate,new centers of.
trading and employment.

2. Substantiation of economic feasibility
by the petitioner.

3. Proximity to basic services suchas
sewers, water, sanitation, schools,
parks, and police'and fire prote ction.

B-3

2-2. Continued.

4. Sufficient reserve areas for urban growth
in appropriate locations based on a ten
(10) year projection.

C. Lands included shall be those with satisfactory
topography and drainage and reasonably free
from the danger of floods, tsunami and unstable
soil conditions and other-adverse environmental
effects.

d. In de'termining,-urban growth for the next ten
years, or in amending the boundary, lands
contiguous with existing urban areas shall be
given more consideration than non-contiguous
lands, and particularly when indicated for
future urban use on State.or County General
Plans.'

e. It shall include lands in appropriate locations
for new urban concentrations and shall give
consideration to areas of urban growth as-
shown on the State and County General Plans.

f. Lands which,do not conform.to the above
standards may be included within this District:

B-4

2-2. Continued.-

1. When surrounded by or adjacent to
existing urban development; and

2. Only when such lands represent a minor
portion of this District.

9. It shall not include lands, the urbanization
of which will contributetowards s cattered-
spot urban development, necessitating unreason-
able investment in public supportive services.

h. It may include lands with@a general slope of
2-0% or more which do not provide open space
amenities and/or scenic values if the Commission

finds that such lands'are desirable and suitable
for urban purposes and that official design
and construction controls are adequate to
protect the public health, welfare and safety,
and the public's interests in the aesthetic
quality of'the landscape.

2. "A" Agricultural District.' In determining the
boundaries for the "A" Agricultural District, the
following standards shall apply:

a. Lands with a high capacity for agricultural
production shall be included in this District
except as otherwise provided for in oth er
sections of these regulations.

B-5

2-2. Continued.

b. Lands with significant potential for grazing
or for other agricultural uses shall be included
in this'District except as otherwise provided
.-for in other sections of these regulations.

C. Lands surrounded by or contiguous to agricul.-
tural lands and which are not suited to agricul-
tural and ancillary activities by reason of
topography,. soils and other related characteris-
tics@ may be included in the Agricultural
District.

d.. Lands in intensIve agricultural use or lands
with a high capacity for intensive agricultural
use shall not be taken out of this District

unless the Commission finds either that:

1. such@action will not.substantially impair
actual or potential agricultural produc-
tion in the,vicinity of such lands, and/or
2. such@acti_on is,reasonably necessary for
urban growt h.

3. ".C" Conservation:Di-stricts. In determining the
boundaries for the "C" Conservation District, the
following standards shall apply:

B-6

2-2. Continued.

a. Lands necessary for protecting watersheds,'
water sources and water supplies shall be
included in this District except as otherwise
provided for in other sections of these
regulations.

b. Lands susceptible to floods, and soil
erosion, lands undergoing major erosion
damage@ and requiring corrective attention by the
State or F6deral Government, and lands
necessary for the protection of the health and
welfare of the public by reason of the lands'
susceptibility to inundation by tsunami and
flooding,.-to volcanic.activity and landslides
may be included in this District.

C. Lands used for national or state parks may be
included in this District.

d. Lands necessary for the conservation, preser-
vation and enhancement of scenic, historic or
archaeologic sites and sites of unique
-physiographic or ecologic significance shall
be included in this District except as otherwise
provided for in other sections of these
regulations.

B-7

2-2. Continued.

e. Lands necessary for providing and preserving
-parklands, wilderness and beach reserves, and
for conserving natural ecosystems of endemic
plants, fish and wildlife for forestry, and
other related activities to these uses shall
@be included in this District except as other-
wise provided for in other sections of.-these
regulations.

f. Lands'having an elevation below the maximum
inland line of the zone of wave action, and
marine waters, fish ponds and tide pools of
the State shalll be included in this District
-unless otherwise designated on)the district
maps. All offshore and outlying islands of

the State of Hawaii are classified Conserva-
tion unless otherwise indicated..

9. Lands with topography, soils, climate or
other related environmental factors that
may not be normally adaptable or. p res6ntly
needed for urban, rural or.agricultural use,
shall be included in this District, except
where such lands constitute-areas not con-
tiguous to the Conservation District-.

B-8

Continued.

h. Lands with a general slope of 20% or more
which provide for open space amenities and/or
scenic values shall be included in this District
except as otherwise provided for in'other
sections of these regulations.

i. Lands suitable for farming, flower gardening,
operation of nurseries or orchards, growing
of commercial timber, grazing, hunting, and
recreational uses including facilities accessory
to such uses when said facilities are compatible
with the natural physical environment, may be
included in this District.

4. ISR" Rural District. In determining the boundaries
for the "R" Rural District, the following standards
shal 1 apply:

a. Areas consisting of small farms; provided that
such areas need not be included in this,
District if their.inclusion will alter the
general characteristics of the areas.

b. Activities or uses as characterized by low
density residential lots of not less than
one-half (1/2) acres and a density-of not

B-9

2-2. Continued.

more than one single-family dwelling per one-
half (1/2) acre in areas where "city-like"
concentration of people, structuresf streets,
and urban level of services are absent, and
where small farms are intermixed with the low

density residential lots.

C. Generally, parcels of land not more than five
(5) acres; however, it may include other parcels
of land, which are surrounded by, or contiguous
to this District and are not suited to low

density residential uses or for small farm or
agricultural uses.

B-10

overlay #2 Transportation.

The thick lines represent major transportation networks.

Thin lines represent paved roads.

Dashed lines represent jeep trails or foot paths.

Much transportation information already exists.in other
places. This overlay provides a base upon which that portion of
the transportation network revelant to CZM planning can be
illustrated.

The,information on this overlay was obtained via USGS
Quadrangle-maps and updated by analysis of aerial photographs.
As-more data is incorporated into this-overlay system, documenta-
tion should be made to indicate its accuracy.

Transportation networks are essential to any economic
planning. Access toa given resource or area is required for
utilization of resources; but may also contribute to a decline,
in resources.

Transportation classification systems were not investi-
gated in depth; and this remains an area for further study and
expansion. -Such systems could include, for example, road type,
load carrying capacity, traffic density, and critical intersec-
tions (note po ints). Review and comments are encouraged to
define needed categories more precisely.

J3- 11

In the maps prepared the heavy black lines represent
major.public transpor tation routes. Medium black lines indicate
secondary black-topped private and public roads. Dirt roads and
trails were not mapped, but could be added'easily.

In several instances, roads,portrayed on the U.S.G.S.
quadrangle map were not evident on current photographs; in other
cases new roads found on the photographs were added to the
overlay.

B-12

6@rerlay #3 Land' Use Classification--

LEVEL I LEVEL II' LEVEL III LEVEL.IV
1 Urban 1 11 ResidenItial

111 Single Family
112 Multi-Family

12 Commercial Complex

121 Business/Government
122 Commercial/Light
Industrial-
123 Institutional

1231 School'
1232 Hospital
1233 Cemetery

124 Resort/Hotel
125 Other

13 Industrial Complex

131 Light-Industry
132 Heavy Industry
133 Petroleum/Chemical
Processing
134 Food Processing
135 Other

14 Transportation

141 Airport
142 Ferry Service/Facility
143 Other

B-13

Overlay #3 Land Use Classification Continued.

.LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL II LEVEL IV

15 Communications/Utilities

151 Radio/Broadcasting Facility
152-Tracking Facility
.153 Power-Generation Facility
154 Water Treatment/Storage Facility

1541 Water Supply
1542 Sewage Treatment

155 Other

16 Recreational

161 Park/Athletic Facility
162 Golf Course
163 Other

17 Harbor/Port Facility

171 Commercial Cargo/Shipping
172 Marina
173 Other

18 Construction/Under Development

181 Residential
182 Commercial
183 Industrial
184 Other

19 Mixed Complex

2 Agriclture

21 Row and Field Crops

211 Sugar Cane
212 Truck Farming
.213 Taro
214 Other

B-14

Overlay #3 Land use Classification Continued.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III LEVEL IV

22 Orchards/Vineyards
23 Grazing Area/Pasture
24 Facilities/Equipment
25 Irrigation@Pond
26@ Other

3 Undeveloped Areas

31 Urban Zone

311 Vegetative Ground Cover
312 Open Land

32 Rural Zone

321 Vegetative Ground'Cover
322 Open Land

B-15

Land Use Clas sification System Description.-

1 Urban

Includes all units and complexes usually associated with the

urban environment. This Level I class is divided into the
following groups:

11 Residential

.Contains units of.habitation and domestic dwellings within

the urban environment.

111 Single Family

Includes only single family residences such as-tract-
type homes and individual dwellings.

112 Multi-Family

This category includes complexes such as duplexes,
triplexes, apartments-an& condomi niums. It does not
include complexes such as resorts which are transient

in nature.

12 Commercial Complex

Includes all structures and facilities normally associated
with the business sector of the urban environment-although
not specifically limited to retail/wholesale business.

B-16

121 Business/Government

Areas of mixed structures including both retail and
wholesale businesses. This cate gory also includes
structures and facilities associated with govermental
operations since such facilities are generally mixed
among the retail business structures.

122 Commercial/Light Industrial

Areas of mixed uses generally,-associated with small
production-facil ities and wholesale business trade
although not exclusively limited to such endeavors.
These areas are generally located on the perimeter of
the urban area and not in the central business district.

123 Institutional

Facilities,generally associated w ith public aid, educa-
tion, and/or other such endeavors. This category is
further subdivided into the following specific facilities:

1231 School

Including all.buildings and fields associate-d
with elementary, intermediate, and high schools.

1232 Hospital

Includes all buildings and associated grounds.

B-17

1233 Cemetery

Self-explanatory.

124 Resort/Hotel

Includes all structures and facilities related to the
tourist or transient trade. This category includes
certain recreational facilities associated with the
resort/hotel and not normally available for public use,
such as private tennis courts, golf courses, etc.

125 Other

This category includes all commercial complex structures
--- and facilities which are not specifically associated
with classes 121 through 124.

13 Industrial Complex

This category includes all structures, facilities, and
associated grounds used for manufacturing or processing
purposes. Such facilities are generally not associated
with the retail trade and are usually located on the peii-.

meter of the urban area.

131 Light Industry

Generally associated with manufacturing processes such
as electronics production, textile manufacturing, small
parts production, and so forth. Complexesgenerally
have small ratio of waste per unit produced.

B-18

132 Heavy Industry

Generally associated with larger manufacturing complex&s
and fdcili'ties and includes-such endeavors as steel
production and fabrication', heavy equipment fabrication
and so forth. The ratio of waste per unit produced
is generally higher than in light industrial complexes.

133 Petroleum/Chemical Proces-sor

Includes all associated structures, facilities and
grounds.

134; Food Processing

Includes such facilities as sugar processing mills,
grain facilities, fruit and vegetable canning operations

and-so forth.

135 Other

This category 'Includes all industrial complex structures
and facilities which are not specifically associated with
classes-131 through 134.

14 Transportation

This category includes only complexes associated with a
transportation service. It does not include roadways and
streets, which are included on the-Transportation Overlay
#2.

B-19

141 Airport

Includes both public and private airports and all such
associated facilities and grounds.

142 Ferry Service/Facility

Includes structures and facilities associated with

inner-island and inter-islandi over-water ferry-service.

143 Other

This category includes all'transportation facilities
not specifically associated with classes 141 or 142.

15 Communications/Utilities

Includes all'facilities,and grounds associated with communi-
cations and public service -utilities.

151 Radio/Broadcasting Facility

Includes all associated structures and grounds
including antenna:'farms.

152 Tracking Facility

Incl udes all structures and grounds associated with
radar and other types of tracking facilities.

B-20

153 Power Generation Facility

Includes hydroelectric, petroleum-based, and nuclear
type power generation facilities and structures.

15 4 Water Treatment/Storage Facility

Includes the following categories:

1541 Water Supply

All associated facilities used for processing of
urban water supply including residential,
commercial, and industrial.

1542 Sewage Treatment

Includes all facilities and equipment used in the
processing of municipal waste regardless of level
(primary, secondary, tertiary).

155 Other

This category-includes all communicat ib,n/utilities
type facilities not specifically associated with
classes 151 through 154.

B-21

16 Recreational

Includes all structures, facili ties, and grounds associated
with, public recreational activities. Private facilities
,.associated with resorts or hotels are not included in this
category.

161 Park/Athletic Facility,

Includes-all public facilities for recreational
...activities, such as picnic areas, campgrounds, athletic
fields, and so forth.

'162 Golf Course

Self-explanatory.

163 Other

Includes all categories of recreational facilities not
specifically included in categories 161. or 162.

17 Harbor/Port Facility

Includes water based shelters and facilities whether natural
or man-made, or used for either large ships or small boats.

171 Commercial Cargo/Shipping

Includes those facilities and structures associated with
large ships and commercial cargo operations.

B-22

172 Marina

includes all facilities and structures associated with
small boat operations. These operations may be'either
private in nature, such as pleasure craft, or.commercial
in nature, such as sight-s eeing or commercial fishing
operations.

173 Other

Includes all categories of harbor/port facilities which
are not specifically included in categories 171-or 172.

18 Construction/Under Dev elopment

Includes all areas under some-stage of urban development at
the time of-interpretation. The stage of development is not
defined but the type of development may be defined in-one
of the following categories:

181 Residential

May include single or multi-family structures.

182- Commercial

May include business structur es-or governmenta 1 facilities.
This category may also include such facilities as resorts-
or hotels under, construction as well-as institutional
facilities.

B-23

183 Industrial

Includes such areas as light and/or heavy industrial,-
complexes-as well as food., chemical, or petroleum
facilities under construction.

184 Other

Includes those areas under-constructioh which are not
specifically included in categories 181 through 183.

19 Mixed Complex

This category in1cludes those areas of urban structures and
facilities that are very mixed in nature and are too complex
to be separated into individual categories. Such areas are
generally a mix of residential and commercial categories
but,may also include industrial, recreational, transportation,
and communication/utilities facilities.

2 Agriculture

This category includes thos.lands not normally associated with
the urban environment, although small plots of agricultural land
may be located within the urban area. This category includes
both fallow and cultivated farm lands used in the raising of
crops or animal husbandry.

B-24

21 R ow and Field Crops

This category includes those agricultural lands both fallow
and under cultivation in which the primary crop'is planted
and harvested on a random basis depending on the crop type.
This category includes only large areas of row and field
crops and also includes small truck-farming operations.

211 Sugar Cane

Includes areas of sugar cane production, regardless of
whether the land is fallow or under cultivation at the
time of interpretation.

212 Truck Farming

Includes areas of rotational croppings generally used
for growing vegetables or other highly perishable crops.
Truck farms are us ually labor intensive and small in
acreage,,although there may be large areas of truck
farming. The products grown may be for private con-
sumption or commercial sales and/or distribution.

213 Taro

Includes those lands either fallow or under cultivation

used in the production of taro.

214 Other

Includes those categories of row and field crops not
specifically included under categories 211 through 213.

B-25

22 Orchards/Vineyards

Includes those areas under cultivation used for growing and
production.of tree crops and vine crops. These areas are
usually enclosed and used for the production of-various kinds
of fruit.

23 Grazing Area/Pastute

Includes those areas, used for-grazing of cattle, sheep, and/
or goats, which are predominantly grassland in nature. These
grasslands may be, either irrigated or reliant onDnatural

water sources.

24 Facilities/Equipment

The category includes those areas used for the storage and/
or maintenance of farm related equipment., It in cludes all
such related structures, facilities and groun'ds.

25 Irrigation Pond

Includes all water holding facilities used for the storage
of irrigation water. These facilities may be either.man-
made or natural ponds and include settling and'catch basins.

126 Other

This category includes all agricultural structures, facilities,
and grounds not specifically defined by categories 21 through

25.

B-26

3 Undeveloped Areas

Includes those areas of land not presently used for development
of either an urban or agricultural resource. --These lands are
essentially undisturbed in nature and may be either barren or
covered in varying degrees by different types-of-vegetative
,ground cover.

31 Urban Zone

Those areas which are undeveloped and essentially contained
within-the urban zone. These areas may be developed at some
future time depending on suitability due to their proximity

to the urban zone.

311 Vegetative Ground Cover

Includes those undeveloped areas within the urban zone
which contain some form of vegetative ground cover.
This may range from open 'grasslands to forest stands.

312 Op en Land

Includes those undeveloped areas within the urban zone
which are essentially barren soil devoid of any
significant vegetative ground cover.

32 Rural Zone

Includes those areas which are undeveloped and essentially
contained within the-rural zone.

B-27

-321 Vegetative Ground Cover

Includes those undeveloped areas within the rural zone
which contain some form of vegetative ground cover.
This may range from open grasslands to forest stands.

'322 Open Land

Includes those undeveloped areas-within the rural zone
which are essentially barren soil devoid of any
significant vegetative ground cover.

B-28

Overlay #4 Vegetation Classification System.

Four levels of detail are provided when this could be
consistently provided by photo interpretation. The primary
emphasis has been in defining the vegetation types in the coastal
area. It will be helpful to read the description of each type
prior to analyzing the vegetation overlays. Type names are
generalized; the description provides more detail.

The general classification system used here can easily
be modified to respond to the CZM requirements. Quantitative
vegetation surveys may be required to fulfill requirements under
the 30 6 portion of the CZM Act. This vegetation survey is intended
to provide a general overview of major vegetation communities in
the Kauai coastal areas.

B-29

Overlay:#4 Vegeta tion Classification Scheme.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III LEVEL IV

1 Urban

11-Golf course
12 Idle waste field and/or woodlot

2 Agriculture

,,21 Row and field crops

211 Sugar cane
212 Truck farming
213 Taro
214 Other

22 Orchards and vineyards
-23 Idle field (not in production)

231 Sugar cane
232 Abandoned pineapple

3 Grassland
31 Open grassland'
32 Mixed grassland shrub
33 Grassland/forb

4 Forest

41 Exotic plantations

411 Eucalyptus
412 Cedrela-Albizia
413 Conifets
414 Other and mixed

42 Native or'naturalized forest

421 Koa
422 Ohia-lehua
423 Ohia-Koa
424 Ohia-Koa/Staghorn fern
@425 Riparian

B-30

Overlay #4 Vegetation Classification Scheme Continued.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL-III LEVEL IV

4251 Hau-java plum-Guava
4252 Pandanus
4253 Kukui
4254 Mixed riparian

426 Silk-oak
427 Mixed forest
428 Kiawe
429 Coastal stand and other

4291 Coastal stand
4292 other

5 Shrub

51 Lowland shrub

511 Koa-haole
512 Koa-haole/Kiawe
513 Lowland complex
@514 Ironwood/Staghorn fern
515 Staghorn fern/forb
516 Other

52 Upland shrub
53 Mixed.

6 Barren land

61 Pali or hillside
62 Bare soil-sand-rock

B-31

Vegetation Classification Descriptions.

1 Urban

.Areas inwhich the vegetation consists of horticultural,

ornamental and shade-trees associated with urban areas. Two

Level II subtypes are recognized.

11 Golf Course

Self-descriptive.

12 Idle Waste Fields and/or Woodlots

Open fields and/or wood-lots, generally within an urban
area. Species found in these areas are quite variable.
Common woody species are Christmas berry, ironwood, Java
plum, exotic trees, indigo Pluchea, Desmodium, and numerous
grasses and forbs.

2 Agriculture

The primary vegetation in these areas are cultivated and managed
croplands. Agriculture does not include grassland. Three
Level II subtypes are described..

21 Row and Field Crops

Areas are devoted to row and field crops. Four Level III
subtypes are described. Fallow field under planned rotation
and those newly planted are-included in the respective sub-
types where known (e.g., sugar cane).

B-32

211 Sugar Cane

Self- descriptive.

212 Truck Farming

Areas containg papaya, commercial bananas, tomatoes,
squash, melon's and other vegetabl es.

213 Taro

Self- descriptive.

214 Other

Areas planted to crops other than those described

above.

22 Orchards and Vineyards

Self- descriptive.

23 Idle Field (Not in Production)

These areas were once in production and various crops are
still present though not-under management (fallow field
under planned rotation not included in this category); two
Level III-subtypes are described.

B-33

231- Abandoned Sugar-Cane

old abandoned sugar cane fie lds being invaded by
grasses, forbs and trees-and shrubs. Java plum
Christmas berry., californiagrass, morning gloryr
Paspalum sp. and varied'forb species..

232 Abandoned Pineapple

Old abandoned pineapple field being invaded by grasses,
forbs and trees. Those species typically found encroach-
ing were African tulip tree, Christmas berry, gold fern,
calif,orniagrass, morning glory, Pasgalum spp.,
Digitaria sp.

3 Grassland@

Area consisting primarily of grass or grass shrub mixtures where
grass and forbs comprise 75% or more of the area. Three
Level II subtypes are described.

31 Open Grassland
Gra@ss areasIconsisting predominantly of grass with forbs.
Major grasses,include californiagrass, Kikuyugrass,
Digitaria sp., Cy6nodon sp., and Paspalum sp. Brush or woody
vegetation comprise, 20 percent or less of these stands.
Various forb species are also common, but are not predomi-
nant vegetation.

B-34

32 Mixed Grassland Shrub

Grassland areas in which woody species such as Hau, Java
plum, Christmas berry, Koa-haole comprise 20 to 50 percent
of the area either in isolated dense patches-or in combination
with the grasses. Grass species are similar to those under
31 Open Grassland.

33 -Grassland/Forbs

Areas generally containg both grass and forbs, but where
forbs comprise at least 50% of the area. Typically these
types are found on moist hillsides and in meadow areas.

4 Forest

Large homogeneous areas of forest vegetation; two Level II
subtypes are described.

41 Exotic Plantations

Fo rest planations comprised of various species of exotic

trees. These stands have been planted by man and typically
are under some form of management. The following Level III
subtypes are described.

411 Eucalyptus

Forest plantations and plantings composed predomin antly
of Eucalyptus, including swamp mahogany, red mahogany,
blackbutt, lemon-scented gum, and flooded gum, singly

or in combination.

B-35

412. Cedrela-Albizzia

Forest planting composed predominantly of cedrela, toona,
a-lbizia, ash or alder species, singly or in combination.

413 Conifers

Forest planting composed predominantly of conifer
species including Cook and Norfolk Island pines, redwood,
pines and Crytomeria singly or in combination.

In some cases naturalized Ironwood will also be found

intermixed in these stands.

414 Other and Mixed

Forest plantings of species other than those above or
intermixed stands of,the above too small to delineate
separately.

Native or Naturalized Forest

Forested areas with natural reproduction of native or
na turalized tree species. The.following Level III subtypes

are described.

421 Koa

Forested areas in which Koa trees predominate and com-
prise 25 percent or more of the stands and in which Koa
trees comprise less than 25 percent of the stands. This
includes both commercial and non-commercial stands.,

B-36

422 Ohia-Lehua

Forests in which Ohia-lehua trees predominate and com-
prise 25 percent or more of the stands. This includes
commercial and non-commercial stands.

423 Ohia-Koa

Forests in which Ohia-lehua and Koa trees are predominant
and each comprise 25 percent or more of the stand. This
includes both commercial and non-commercial stands.

-424 Ohia-,Koa Staghorn Ferns

Open forested area where the predominant trees are Ohia-
lehua and Koa with extensive understory of staghorn
fern. Other-tree and brush types found in these areas
include Kukui, ironwood (at lower elevations), Christmas
berry, lantana, malabar melastome and an occasional Hala.

425 Riparian

Forest communities typically found in valleys and stream
bottoms on the windward side-of the Island where they
tend to grow quite dense and vigorous (closed canopy).
The following subtypes are described.

4251 Hau-Java Plum-Guava

Riparian vegetation in low elevation stream bottoms
consisting of tall shrubs to tree-like stands in

B-37

4251- Continued.

which Hau, Java plum and common guava, singly
or in combiantion, are the predominant species.
Mangrove ironwood, monkeypod,*Hala are found
occasionally, along with Christmas berry and
pluchea.

4252 Pandanus

Riparian vegetation where Hala is the predominant
species in combination with Hau, Java plum, guava
and associated shrub species.

4253 Kukui

Riparian or moist mountain hillside in which Kikui
trees comprise 75% or more of the stand.

4254 Mixed Riparian

Very complex riparian stands in valley and stream
bottoms at low elevation. Species include Hau,
Java plum, Christmas. berry, Hala, ironwood, coni-

fers,-mangrove, common and strawberry guava. Also
frequent but not abundant are mango, African tulip
tree, bananas, monkeypod. These stands grade
into 4251 where the Hau, Java plum and guava are
-predominant and also into 427 Mixed Forest which
occupy the mountainside. Absent from the mixed
riparian are the Ohio-lehua and Koa and
associated shrub types.

B-38

426 �ilk-Oak

Forest comprised predominantly of naturalized silk-oak
stands. These forests tend to be open and associated
species-include, Aalii, lantana, Pukiawe, acacia and
sandalwood, strawberry guava Ohia-lehua and Koa can
also be found at the higher elevations.

427 Mixed Forest

Forested areas comprised of a wide variety of tree and
brugh types. Typically these will include'Koa, Ohia-
lehua, Kukui, Java plum, albizia, monkeypod, Christmas
berry, common guava, strawberry guava, Noni, Hala,
lantana. Forbs and grasses are also,mixed including
Hilograss, californiagrass (in wet areas, ferns).
Specific mixture varies from stand to stand.

428 Kiawe

Forested area comprised of 75 percent or more dense
Kiawe trees-usually found on lower moist sites (kiawe
is also typically found in shrub form; see category
513).

429 Coastal Strand and other

Forest stands consisting of either coastal stands or

other forest stands as described below.

B-39

4291 Coastal Strand

Vegetative strips on or near the coast consisting
'of ironwoodi and Naupaka, singly or in combina-
ti8n, and scattered exotic species.- In most
areas little or no ground cover is present.

4292 Other

Other undifferentiated forest stands not described

in the forest types.
5 Sh@rub/Brushland Forest

Areas consisting primarily of shrubs'or tree types with shrub-
like morphology. This basic type is quite variable. Three
Level II.subtypes are described.

51 Lowland Shrub

These are areas at the lower elevations with 10% tree-cover
or less; however, in s6me-cases tree species are very
common, e.g., Kiawe, but growing in a shrub-like.form.
Five Level fI subtypes are described.

511 Koa-Hoale

Area where Koa-hoale comprise 75% or more of the
vegetation stand.

B-40

512 Koa-Hoale/Kiawe

Areas in which Koa-hoale and Kiawe comprise 70% or more
of the vegetation in combination.

513 Lowland Complex

An extremely diverse shrub mixture consisting of
Christmas berry, guava, ironwood., Malabar melostom,
shoebutton ardesia, Caesalpina sp. in varying combina-
tions from pure stands to standard mixtures, Java plum
and guava are found at lower elevations with shrub-
like Ohia-lehua at intermediate elevations. One may
also find small patches of forest or scattered forest
trees in these areas. This type grades into forest
types 4,27, 424, and 425.

514 Ironwood/Staghorn Fern

Areas contain a mixture of trees and brush similar to
type 513, but where ironwood and/or staghorn fern
comprise 50% of the vegetation.

515 Staghorn Fern/Forb

This type has some morphological similarities to 33
Grassland/Forbs. However,,-_grasses comprised 10% or
less of the'area with staghorn fern and other -
herbaceous types comprising 50% or more of thestand.
Ironwood and other trees and brush types present, but
do not dominate.

B-41

516 Other

other lowland vegetation types are defined, above.

52 Upland Shrub

Shrub types consisting of Mamane Pukiawe, Aalii, Naio,
Ohelo and raillardia, singly or in combination.

53 mixed

Area containing a mixture of upland and lowland varieties,
appears most common on western slopes where Aalii, lantana_
and Koa-haole intermix at intermediate elevations..

6 Barren Land

Areas with 15% or less ground cover. Two Level II subtypes
are described.

61 Pali and Hillside

Very steep or rocky hillsides..

62 Bare Soil-Sand-Rock

Areas mostly void of vegetation not in-category 61 above.
This category does not include fallow or plowed agricultural
fields; see category 2.

B-42

Overlay #5 Shoreline Habitat.

To use the shoreline habitat-'classification, note there
are four levels o@f detail. the two major levels, I (protected and
exposed)_and II (open coast, bay, estuary), are given a line
symbol such as a.dotted line, dashed line, etc. in addition to a
number designation. On the overlay map, a double symbol line
parallels the shoreline. The inner (Mauka) line represents Level
I; the outer-(Makai line represents Level'II. Levels III and IV
are indicated', in respective order, directly on the overlay with
numerical symbols. Prior to using the classification scheme,
read the classification description.- This-will clarify meanings
which might otherwise be misconstrued.

B-43

Overlay #5 Shoreline Habitat-Classification Scheme.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III LEVEL IV

1. Protected, 1. Open coast 1. Rocky shoreline 1. Rocky seacliff
2. Boulder beach
3. Cobble beach
4. Outcrop/
terrace

2. Sandy beach 1. Black (lava)
2.'White
(calcareous)
3. Terrestrial
sediment
4. Mix

3'. Lava 1. Shallow bench
2. Basalt outcrop
4.- Mud flat 1. Tidal-mud flat
2. Vegetated

5. Man altered 1. Docks/piers
2. Breakwater
3. Coral-land fill
4. Dredged area
5. Sea wall
6. Other

6. other (see vegetation
and wetlands.
overlays)

2. Bay 1. Rocky shoreline 1. Rocky seacliff
2. Boulder beach
3. Cobble beach
4. Outcrop/
terrace

B-44

Overlay #5 Shoreline Habitat Classification Scheme -- Continued.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III LEVEL IV

2. Sandy beach 1. Black (lava)
2. White
(calcareous)
3. Terrestrial
sediment
A. mix

3. Lava 1. Shallow bench
2. Basalt outcrop
4. Mud flat 1. Tidal mud flat
2. Vegetated

5. Man altered 1. Docks/piers
2@ Breakwater
3: Coral land fill
4. Dredged area
5. Sea wall
6. Other

6. other (see vegetation
and wetlands
overlays)

3. Estuary 1. Rocky shoreline 1. Rocky seacliff
2. Boulder beach
3. Cobble beach
4. Outcrop/
terrace

2. Sandy_beach 1. Black (lava)
2. White
(calcareous)
3. Terrestrial-
sediment
4. Mix

B-45

Ov erlay #5 Shoreline Habitat Classi fication Scheme Continued.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III LEVEL IV

3. Lava 1. Shallow bench
2. Basalt outcrop

4. Mud flat 1. Tidal mud flat
2. Vegetated

5. man altered 1. Docks/piers
2. Breakwater
3. Coral land fill
4. Dredged area
5. Sea wall
6. Other,

6. Other (see vegetation
and wetlands
overlays)

2. Exposed 1. Open coast 1. Rocky shoreline 1. Rocky seacliff
2. Boulder beach
3. Cobble beach
4. Outcrop/
terrace

2. Sandy beach 1. Black (lava)
2. White
(calcareous)
3... Terrestrial
sediment
4. Mix

3. Lava 1. Shallow bench
2. Basalt outcrop-

4. Mud flat 1. Tidal mud flat
.2. Vegetated

B-46

Overlay #5 Shoreline Habitat Classification Scheme Continued.

LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III LEVEL IV

5. Man altered 1. Docks/piers
2. Breakwater
3. Coral land fill
4. Dredged area
5. Sea wall
6. Other,

6. other (see vegetation
and wetlands
overlays)

3. Estuary 1. Rocky shoreline 1. Rocky seacliff
2. Boulder-beach
3. Cobble beach
4. outcrop/
terrace

2. Sandy beach 1. Black (lava)-
2. White
(calcareous)
3. Terrestrial
sediment
4. mix

3. Lava 1. Shallow bench
2. Basalt outcrop

4. mud flat 1. Tidal mud flat
2. Vegetated

5. Man altered 1. Doc ks/piers
2. Breakwater
3. Coral land fill
4. Dredged area
5. Sea wall
6. Other

6. other. (see vegetation'
and wetlands
overlays)

B-47

Shoreline Habitat Classification-Description.

Figure B-1 illustrates Kauai Island and its@dominant
wind and wave pattern. The northeast tradewinds ensure a generally
predominant wave direction from the northeast. Arctic storms also
send storm_waves@toward Hawaii from this direction. The general
result is a high energy wave force impacting the portion of Island
exposed to the northeast This is the windward side of Kauai. If
the waves do not@strike directly against the land, they refract
or bend, losing force as they do',so. The result is a lower energy
wave force directed against the opposite or leeward side of the
Island. Kona wind's, equatorial storms and high energy wave
refraction do occur and occasionally strike the lee side with
high energy. However, this is not the norm. Thus.Figure B-1
divide's Kauai into windward and leeward portions, each with its
own general wave force relationship. When using the shoreline'
habitat classification first determine whether your specific
geographic location is windward 'or leeward. This done, proceed
to Level I, II, II, and IV respectively.

Level I.

1. PROTECTED: This category deals with semi-sheltered
coast and open bays where the wave shock is some-
-what attenuated prior to reaching the shoreline.
These areas provide a protected habitat and
usually abound with floral and faunal species.
They are usually concave. These areas are also
among the most attractive to man since wave force
destructive to his shoreline alterations is

reduced.

B-48.

N.E. TRADEWINDS

WINDWARD

KAUAI

WARD

Figure B-1. Preliminary Classification Level
Windward, Leeward Designations

B-49

COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT
LINUEQUAD PROTOTYPE-

A A

I A
u
A

A
u
A A u
A c u
c

c
A A

c c

U'ASTAL ZON@ MANAGOVOI
FIAOTOTYP@

COASTAL ZONE MANAGE@MENT :7
PROTOTYPE
LIMUE QUAD

2.1

COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT
PROTOTYPE
LINDE QUAD

- -.1"... -1 .--
4p@- 211 42 1
2nl F 4.12is 211 211 1 211 211
4251 211 lz 4291
14251 425 425
211 2" si 4251 1 211
21 1112 4251 211 1 s 211 513 211
11 2 1
A211 21 42 2U 4251 4254 1 1 11
21 211 st 211 1 12 42H 11 12
211 211 4254 211 211 42S4 42S4 31 11 1 4291
4254 31@3 211 513 62
-T3 @ @42114431 513 42 513 S13 61
31 42S4 31 42S4 513 427 513 fit 61
54 31 61
31 313 513 427 513 513
411 411 513 427 61
42 425 427 427 513 61
513 513 61
513 42
3531 31
513 513 612 4291
2H 312 4291
61
5132
61 31 62
211
04 61 6'
61
4291
2 16
4291

c
OASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT
PROTOTYPE
LIHUE QUAD

14.

COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT
PROTOTYPE
LINUE QUAD

-A .-.Tl

sa.d

sard

seed

sa.d

..d

fring
reef
o&

-nd

sa.d

COASTAL ZONE
MANAGEMENT
PROTOTYPE
LIH6E QUAD

--------------

COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT
PROTOTYPE
LIHUE QUAD

ale

Level I. continued.

2. EXPOSED: Entirely unprotected, surf swept shores.
These areas bear the full, unimpeded force of the
waves. This area is generally less attractive to
both man and animal due to the difficulty in

maintenance.

Level II.

1. OPEN COAST: This.category is similar to exposed
areas-but does not necessarily receive direct wave
impact. Reefs may absorb wave force far offshore.
Nonetheless this area would appear to be unpro-
tected, lacking the benefit of a headland or bay.
In periods of heavy wave action the-direction of
the wave would be straight on (excepting windward
side refraction).

2. BAY: Bays are naturally protected areas which in
time often develop sand bars, mudflats or wetland
areas. Strictly speaking, there would be little
if any fresh water intrusion and, in fact, an
increase in salinity. Bays are attractive to man
for recreation, commercial enterprise and
industrial development-because of their natural
protection from the sea.

B-50

Level II. Continued

3. ESTUARY: This classification defines marine areas

with fresh water intrusion as estuarine. They are
associated with rivers and streams. In Hawaii
many are intermittent but nonetheless support a'
unique habitat. Estuaries are similar to bays in
that they are naturally protected from wave action,
and are additionally attractive to man because of
their waterway inland.

Level III.

1'. ROCKY SHORELINE: Land/sea interface comprised
primarily of rock. Since the Hawaiian Islands
were formed through volcanic activity, this
category refers to rock which has been sufficiently
weathered to distinguish it from recent volcanic

action.

2. SANDY BEACH: Shoreline comprised of small parti-
cles (generally follows the Wentworth scale) which

most of us think of as sand.

3. LAVA: Rocky material differentiated from "rocky
shoreline" in that it was deposited within the
last fifty years. This category found only on the
Island of Hawaii (recent lava flows)-.

B-51

Level III.--- Continued.

4. MUD FLAT: This.area is necessarily well protected
allowing the very'fine mud particles (see Wentworth
scale) to settle out. Generally the result of
sedimentation of terrestrial material ofteft giving
ris e to a,wetland and eventually shoreline altera-
tion (extension). Usually indicates erosion,
excessive runoff or particular current pattern.

5. MAN ALTERED: Indicates'areas where man has al tered
the natural land/sea interface.

6. OTHER: Includes everything not described above.
E.g., vegetation type.-

Level IV.

ROCKY SHORELINE.

1. ROCKY SEA CLIFF. Describes a steep rock cliff
greater than fifty (50) feet high. This area may
have boulders accumulated at its base but the
inhospitable sea cliff is being emphasized.

2.. BOULDER BEACH. Lacks rock cliff greater than
fifty (50) feet associated with it., Generally
large rock juts and boulders greater than fifteen
(15) centimeters across.

B-52

Level IV. -- Continued.

3. COBBLE BEACH. Similar-to boulder beach but rocks

generally smaller than fifteen (15) centimeters

across.

4. OUTCROP/TERRACE. A continuous rock terrace.
Generally smooth and solid lacking the interstitial
component of individual boulders or cobbles.

SANDY BEACH.

1. BLACK (LAVA). Sand composed almost entirely of
weathered lava. Black or dark ifi,color.

2-.- WHITE (CALCAREOUS). Sand composed almost entirely
of calcareous material from reef, molluscan or

foraminiferous remains.

3. TERRESTRIAL SEDIMENT. Distinct from mudflat by
larger particle size. origin from terrestrial
soils. Again erosion and runoff indicator.

4. MIX. Some combination of the above. Ancillary
information should quickly define the proper

combination.

MAN ALTERED.

1. DOCKS/PIERS. Private, commercial and industrial

harbors and marinas.

B-53

Level IV. Continued.

.2. BREAKWATER. Man-cohstructed extension of-shore
line, generally designedto create additional
protection to harbor, marina, bay or estuary.

3. CORAL LANDFILL. Extension-of the shoreline by
filling in nearshore with coral rubble.

4. DREDGED AREA. Cleared and/or deepened area,
usually in harbor or channel areas-.,

5. SEA WALL. Area paralleling existing shoreline
which offers additional support and protection to

land.

6. OTHER.

For additional detail, examine the photographs referenced
on the following pages. These are available for examination at
the DPED. Call Mr. Cris Christofells at 548-3044.

B-54

Overlay #6 Sand and Reef.

Sand is broken into three groupings:

1. Sandy Beach. This category is delineated on the
overlay and marked with & slanted linb. On the
original overlay it is colored orange. This
facilitates visual examination but will,be lost in

reproduction unless the new copies are hand
colored. The sandy beach is, by definition,
bordered on at least one side by the sea and sub-
ject to its dynamics.

2. Dune Area. A dune is setback from the sea,'for
the most part free from direct interaction with,
the sea.' Wind will affect the sand dunes but after
times this area is semipermanently anchored by
dune vegetation. This category, too, is delineated
and indicated by multiple dots. It is colored
orange on th Ie original once again to facilitate
use."

3. Offshore sand channels and deposits are indicated
but not delineated. This is due to (a) limited
amount of time and data available, and (b) the
availability of the data source (aerial-photographs)
for users with highly detailed requirements.

B-55

.Offshore reefs are indicated on the overlay by a series
of dashed lines.' Reefs that abut the shore are delineated with a
solid line and labeled. This map locates only reef areas and
-refrains from comment on reef viability or type. Additional detail
can be obtained by studying the photographs referenced in this
appendix.

The following is an excerpt from one of PUSPP's technical
papers (Maragos et. al.,'1975) in which reef ecologist Dr. James
Maragos summarized the physical reef in Hawaii.

"The characteristics of the reef flat habitat
are largely dependent upon the type of and
degree of development of the reef. Apron reefs
are the smallest and most discontinuous reefs
growing along shallow coastlines. These may
fuse and grow out laterally with time to,form
the,broad fringing reefs which characterise
Lanai, Molokai, and Oahu. Barrier reefs
frequently form from fringing reefs, if the
reef,-itself becomes separated from the coast
-by a deep lagoon. There is only one extant
barrier reef in Hawaii (Kaneohe Bay, Oahu) and
this structure may have developed directly
without the "intermediate" stage of a fringing
reef. Within the lagoons.of atolls or
barrier-reefs are commonly found-patch reefs
which resemble inverted truncated cones. The
only example of patch reefs among the main
(windward) Hawaiian Islands is located in
Kaneohe Bay, Oahu. All these categories of
reefs may show the shallow reef flat habitat..

"The reef flat consists predominantly of sand,
coral rubble, and coralline and fleshy benthic
algae. Reef corals are not important compo-
nents of the-reef flats presumably due to
unfavorable,-temperature, wave, and salinity
conditions near the level of the sea surface
(Edmondson-, 1928; Maragos, 1972; Littler,
-1973).

B-56

"it is important to make the distinction between
coral reefs, the physical structures produced
over thousands of years from the remains of
-calcareous organisms, and coral communities,
the biological assemblages which may or may
not cover the upper surface of the reef.
While many of the Hawaiian Islands show
extensive reef development, few show flourish-
ing coral communities."

This description should help the layman in-understanding
the reef type indicated on the mylar maps.

B-57

Overlay 47 - Rivers and Streams.

Hawaii's drainage patterns remain largely unchanged
over the short term. This overlay is designed to facilitate
studies utilizing this kind of information. In addition to, normal
surface streams, the high altitude infrared photographs distinctly
indicate that underground water flows through vegetation indica-
tors. Solid lines represent perrenial streams; dashed lines
represent intermittent streams.

This overlay can be readily updated to follow changes
in drainage patterns over time.

B-58

Overlay #8 Wetlands.

Refer to Appendix A.

B-59

Aerial Photography Utilized for Overlay Composition.

LIHUE, UAD.

U-2 High Altitude Aircraft

A. Color Infrared Film (SO-127), July, 1975,
1:65,000 scale, RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-108; Accession #02147;
Frame #2959, 2960, 2961, 2962

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242), July 1975,
1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-108; Accession #02148;
Frame #2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft.

A. Black and White Film, April 1975,
1:6,000 scale; Kauai County Roll #1
Frame #1-1 to 1-31 and 1-332 to 1-354.

KOLOA QUAD.

U-2 High-Altitude Aircraft.,

A. Color Infrared Film (SO-127), July 1975,
1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-108;Accession #02147;
Frame #2962, 2963 and 2964.

B-60

KOLOA QUAD-- Continued.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242), July 1975,
1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-108; Accession #02148,
Frame #2015, 2016, 2017, 2018.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft.

A. Black and White Film, April 1975,
1:6000 scale; Kauai County Roll #1,

Frame #1-302 to 1-334.

HANAPEPE QUAD.

U-2 High Altitude Ai rcraft

A. Color Infrared Film (SO-127)
1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #74-185; Accession #01951, October 1974
Frame #115 3, 1154.

1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-115; Accession 02155, July 1975
Frame #3205, 3206, 3207.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)

1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-115;, Accession #02156
Frame #2259, 2260, 2261.

B-61

HANAPEPE QUAD Continued.

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers

A. Black.and White Film, April 1975,
1:6000 scale; Kauai County Roll #1,
Frame #1-272 to 1-302.

KEKAHA QUAD

U-2 High Altitude Aircraft.

A. Color Infrared Film (SO-127)
1:65,,000 scale, RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #74-18'5; Accession #01951, October 1974
Frame #1156, 1157, 1158-.

1,:65,000 scale; RC-1 0(12") sensor.
Flight #75-115; Accession #02155,, July 197@
Frame #3204, 3205

1:32,500 scale, HR 732 (24") sensor.
.Flight #74-179; Accession #01942; October 1974
Frame #0012 to 0018.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)
1:65,000 scale, RC-10(12") sensor.
Flight #75-115; Accession #02156; July 1975,
Frame #2258, 2259.

B-62

KEKAHA QUAD Continued-.

1:32,500 scale, HR-732(24") sensor.
Flight #74-179;Accession #01943; October 1974
Frame #0009 to 0014.

C. Black and White Film (Panchromatic
1:32,500 scale, HRC-732(24") sensor.
.Flight #74-129;Accession #01944; October 1974

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft

A. Black and White Film, April 1975
1:6000 scale; Kauai County Roll #l,
Frame #1-228 to 1-272.

MAKAHA POINT QUAD.

U-2 High Altitude Aircraft

A. Color Infrared Film (SO-127)
1:65,000 scale, RC-10( 12") sensor, July 1975
Flight #75-115; Accession #02155,
Frame #3201, 3202,3203.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)
1:65,000 scale, RC-1012") sensor, July 1975
Flight #75-115; Accession #02156,
Frame #2255, 2256, 2257..

B-63

MAKAHA POINT QUAD Continued,

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft.

A. Black and White Film, April 1975-.
1:6000 scale, Kauai County Roll #1,
Frame #1-183 to 1-228.

HAENA QUAD.

U-2.High Altitude Aircraft.

A., Color Infrared Film (SO-127)
1:65,000 scale, RC-10(12") sensor, July 19,75
Flight #75-115; Accession #02155,
Frame #3200

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)
-1:65,000 scale; RC-10(12") sensor, July 1975
Flight #75-115; Accession #02156
Frame #2254.

U'.S. Army Corps-of Engineer s, Low Altitude Aircraft.

A. Black and White Film, April 1975,
1:6000 scale, Kauai County Roll #1,
Frame #1-156 to 1-183.

B-64

HANALEI QUAD

U-2 High Altitudi Aircraft

A. Color Infrared Film, (SO-127)
1:65,000 scale, RC-10(12") sensor, July 1975,-
Flight #75-115; Accession #02155,

Frame #3200.

1:65,000 scale, RC-10(12"O sensor, July 1975,
Flight #75-108; Access;
ion #02147,

Frame #2970, 2971, 2972. -

1:32,500 scale, HRC-732 (24") sensor, October 1974
Flight #74-179; Accession #01942,
Frame #0070, 0071, 0072, 0073, 0074.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)
1:65,000 scale, RC-10(12") 'sensor, July 1975_01
Flight 475-11 5; Accession #02156,
Frame #2254.

1:65,000 scale., RC-10(12") sensor, July 1975,
@Flight #75-108; Accession #02148 -
Frame #2023, 2024, 2025.

1:32,500 scale, HRC-732(2411) sensor, October 1974
Flight #74-179; Accession #01943,
Frame #0017, 0018, 0019, 0020.

B-65

HANALEI QUAD Continued.

C. Black and White Panatomic-X (3400) film,-
1:32,500 scale, HRC-732 (24") sensor,

October 1974

Flight #74-179; Accession #01944,
Frame #0070, 0071.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft.

A. 1:6000 scale, Kauai County Roll #1, April 1975
Frame #1-109 to 1-156.

ANAHOLA QUAD.

U-2 High Altitude Aircraft.

A. Color Infrared Film (SO-127)

1:32,500 scale; HRC-732(24") sensor,

October 1974
Flight #74-149; Accession #01942,
Frame #0068, 0069, 0070.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)

1:32,500 scale, HRC-732 (24") sensor,

October 1974
Flight #74-179; Accession #01943,
Frame #0064,' 0065,@0066.

B-66

ANAHOLA__QUAD Continued.

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft.

A. 1:.6000 scale, Kauai County Roll #1, April 1975
-Frame #1-62 to 1-109.

KAPAA QUAD.

U-2 High Altitude Aircraft.

A. Color Infrared film (SO-127)

1:32,500 scale, HRC-732 (24' sensor,-

October 1974

Flight #74-179: Accession #01942,
Frame #0064, 0065,-0066, 0067.

B. Aerial Color Film (SO-242)
1:32,500,scale, HRC-732'(24") sensor,
October 1974

-Flight #74-109'; Accession #01943,
Frame #0061, 0062, 0063, 0064,

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Low Altitude Aircraft.

--- A. 1:6000 scale, Kauai County Roll #1, April 1,975
Frame #1-1 to 1-62.

B-67

Table B-1. List of Common and Scientific Names of the
Dominant Plant Species Encountered in the
Test Area

Aallii [Dodonea sp.
Acacia [Acacia spp.
African tulip tree [Spathodea campanulata Beauv.
Albizia [Albizia sp.
Alder [Alnus sp'.
Ash [Fraxinus sp.1
Banana [Musa spp.]
Blackbutt [Eucalyptus pilularis Sm.
Californiagrass [Brachiariamutica (Forsk.) Stap'fj
Cedrela [Cedrela' sp.]
Christmas berry! [Schinus terebinthifoliiis Raddil
Common guava (Psidium Guajava L. I
Cook Pine [Araucaria columnaris Hookl-
Cryptomeria [Cryptomeria joponica (L.f.) D. Don]
Eucalyptus [Eucalyptus spp-1
Flooded gum (Eucalyptus saligna. sm. I
Gold fern [Pityogrammie calomel anus]
Guava [Psidium spp. L,']
Hala (Pandanus odoratissimus L. f.
Hau [Hibiscus tiliaceus L.1
Hilo grass [Paspalum conjugatum Berg.]
Ironwood [Casuarina spp.]
Java Plum (Eugenia cumini (L.) Drucel.
Kiawe [Prosopis-chilensi Stunz]
Kikui [Aleurites moluccana (L.) Wild.
Kikuyugrass [Pennisetum clandestinum, Hoshst ex Choiv]
Koa [Acacia koa Gray]-
Koa-ha o'ie [Leucaena latisligua (L.) Gillis]

B-68

Table B-1. Continued.-

Lantana [Lantana Camara L.
Lemon-scented gum [Eucaly ptus citridora Hook, in Mitchell]
Malabar melastome [Melastoma malabathricum L.
Mamane [Sophora Chrysophylla (Salisb.) Seem]
Mangrove [Rhizophora spp.1
Monkeypod [Albizia Lobbeck (L.) Benth.,]
Morning glory [Ipomoea spp.]
Naupaka [Scaerola Kauiensis (Deg) St. John]
Noni [Morinda citrifolia L.
Norfolk Island Pine [Araucaria heterophylla (Salisb.) Francol
Ohelo [Eri a spp.1
Ohia-lehua [Metrosiderous collina var. polymorpha N.
Papaya [Carica papay- L.
Pepper Tree [Schitius molle L.
Pickleweed [Batis maritima L.
Pine (Pinus spp.1
Plantain [Plantago sp. L.1
Pluchea [Pluchea spp.
Pukiawe (Styphelia Tameiameiae F. Muell.
Railliardia (Railliardia spp.1
Red mahogany [Eucalyptus resinifera sm.
Redwood [Sequoia sempervirens (D. Don in Lamb) Endl.
Rush [Juncus_ spp. ]
Sandalwood [Santalum spp.1
Silk-oak [Grevillea robusta A. Gunn]
Staghorn fern [Dicranopteris linearis]
Strawberry guava [Psidium Cattleianum Sabine)
Sugarcane [Saccharum officinarum L. I
Swamp mahogany (Eucalyptus robusta Sm.
Toon [Toona ciliata M. Roen]

B-69

,APPENDIX C

DATA FACILITY STUDY

This appendix discusses each individual scenario
examined for the Data Facility Study.

C-1

APPENDIX C. DATA FACILITY: SCENARIO DISCUSSIONS.

C.1 @Scenario 1.

Data
Type A B C
Facility,
Function a b a b,-

Data: U-2 data only, in-house. Some other data and reference
material will be on hand but only as a suppl ement to
U-2 photographs.

Cataloging and Procedures:

The limited physical number of U-2 photographs would
make cataloging relatively simple, and a manualsystem
would suffice (see Section 5).

Equipment:

Light table (1) - Richard 30,x 40 or equivale-It
Large work table (4' x 6'.)

Portable stereo viewer

7X loopmagnifiers (minimum of 2)

C-2

C.1 Continued.

Equipment continued.

Film cannisters (10)
White gloves (1 gross)-
File cabinet (1)

Desk (1)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete.set of Island maps (U.S.,G.S. 7.5-minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)

Personnel.:

One half-time employee with organizational ability
should suffice. No photographic interpretation exper-
tise would be required at this level, although basic
knowledge of the characteristics of the data (camera
type, focal length, spectral bands, films, filters)
should be available.

'Space:

A room 201 x 20' is adequate. This amount of space
anticipates a rapid growth and avoids relocation later.

Utility:

Utilization will come primarily from CZM requirements
via ESL Inc. interpretation (under contract to DPtD).
Utilization will not necessarily be limited to CZM in
that other DPED programs and/or outside agencies would

c-3

C.1- Continued.

have access to data but little assistance in interpre-

tation or use of data.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

The extent of this facility will not exceed the scope
of the CZM program and could.be limited to that program's

control.

Comments:

CZM has already obtained, at no acquisitio n cost, all
pertinemt U-2 data, and some of the required viewing
equipment is presently in-house. At this level,
90 percent or more of the utilization is accomplished
by CZM program through contractor expertise. Projected
benefits will only be as far-reaching and extensive as
that program's requirements dictate.

c-4

C.2 Scenario 2.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b a b

Data: In-houselstorage of U-2 data only., Some other data and
reference material may be on hand but only incidental
to U-2 photographs. No systematic attempt-to include-
this data will be made.

Cataloging and Procedures:

The limited physical number of U-2 photographs would
@make cataloging relatively simple and a manual indexing
sys--tem would suffice (see Sec ,tion 5).

Equipment:

Light table (1) - Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work table (1) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewer (1)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (10)
White gloves-(l gross),

C-5

C .2 Continued.

File cabinet (1)

Desks (2)

3 x 5 card file (1)
complete set of island maps,(U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file--cab-inet (1)
Light table (1) - Richards MIM 3 (or equivalent)
equipped with a zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film spTicin nt and supplies
.g equipme

Personnel:

One,hal,f-time employee with organizational ability and
a basic know-ledge of the characteristics of the data
(camera type, focal length, spectral bands, films,
filters). -Additionally, this scenario requires a full-
time prefessional resource analyst with experience
in photographic interpretation. This expertise can
be gained through use of contractor support or by an
addition to the in-house staff.

Staff:

A room 20' x 20' should suffice. This amount of space
anticipates rapid growth and avoids relocation later.

C-6

c.2 Continued..

utility:

'Utilization' will come primarily from CZM,requirements
via ESL Inc. interpretation (under'contract to.DPED).
However, the addition of,in-house expertise would
allow support to other DPED projects. Outside agency-
ut,ilization,should also increase but on a space/time
available level.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

At this level the principal utilization would come
through CZM with DPED, keeping use, control, and funding
in'-house. Outside agency use would be complementary
or funded by specific project. Little coordination
would be necessary on a legislative-level.-

Comments:

The addition of a trained resource'a nalyst significantly-
increases the use of.and benefit from the data.- The
analyst could be tasked with specific projects,directed
at providing needed information on a broad spectr um of
planning functions. Some analysis inefficiencies are
expected/ however, as this scenario includQs only U-2
data. Some assistance could also be given to outside
agencies.

C-7

C.3 Scenario 3.

Data-
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b a b

Data: In-house storage of U-2 data only. Some other data and
reference material may be on hand but only incidental
to U-2 photographs. No systematic attempt to include
this data will be made.

Cataloging and Procedures:

The limited number of U-2 photographs would make
cataloging relatively simple, and a manual indexing
system would suffice (see Section 5).

Equipment:

Light tables (2) - Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work table (1) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewer (1)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (10)
White gloves (1 gross)

C-8

C.3 Continued..

File'cabinet (1)

Desks (2)

3 x 5 card-file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7..5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Light table (1) - Richards MIM 3 (or equivalent)
equipped with-a zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film splicing equipment and supplies
Map-O-Graph-(l) or equivalent
Portable mirror stereoscope
Additional film storage equipment

Personnel:'

One half-time employee with organizational ability and
a basic knowledge of the characteristics of the data
(camera type, focal length, spectral bands, films,
filters). Additionally, this scenario requires at
least two full-time trained planning and/or resource
analysts with experience in photographic interpretation.
Both analysts should have formal backgrounds in
different resource disciplines to increase the depth
and breadth of the image interpretation capability.

Space:

Space requirements would increase to include office
space for the two full-time analysts and half-time
data,handling person'plus the 20' x 20' work room.

C-9

C.3 Continued.

utility:

The utility of the data could increase dramatically,
and at'thi-s stage support many in-house programs as
well as the needs of other agencies. However,, limiting
the cataloging and analysis to U-2 data only would
severely limit the output of useful information from
the staff.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

Because of the wide use of the facility by projects
outside the auspices of DPED, some coordination with
the other-agencies will be necessary. Funding by
project, grant, or state would probably be required
to alleviate the financial burden orr DPED.

Comments:

This level st rives for major analysis capability, but
it.is limited to use of only U-2 data. Such an effort
would face all of the coordination and funding problems
of a major facility while outputting limited information
because of the limited data base. More complete and
effective analysis and a broader range of tasks could
be undertaken, however, if additional data types were
to be cataloged and utilized.

C-10

CA Continued.

Space:

Space requirements for this scenario include office
space plus a film review area (20' x 30'). This film
review area could initially double as a storage area,
although more st'orage area is likely to be needed
within a few years.

utility:

Data utility is increased because of ready availability
of the data to the users. However, the extent of this
improvement over Scenario 1 is expected to be small.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

The need for coordination with other agencies would be
high because copie s"of all types of imagery would be
stored in-house.

Comments:

This scenario is impractical from a CZM-DPED requirements
viewpoint. To assemble all remote sensing data (here
including all low-altitude imagery and satellite data)
without an analysis capability is not recommended.
The volume of material to be stored and cataloged would
-indicate high costs, and lack of in-house analysis
woul-d minimize utilization. This is not a practical
approach to an information center.

C-13

C.5 Scenario-5.

Data
Type A B C

Function
Facility
a b, a b

Data: All remote sensing data (satellite, U-2, low-altitude,
field photos, digital images, thermal data) to which
the government has access. Availability, cost, need,
and relevance would govern (not an arbitrary collection of
every photo or image ever taken in the state).

Cataloging-and Procedures:

Remote sensing data other than U-2 data would be
cataloged but not necessarily stored in-house. A
manual system could probably handle the data, but
computer systems should be considered. Retention of
data in-house would increase slowly as used. In order
to index data which is not stored-in-house, reference
files containing agency, location,,-and availability of,.
each data type would be used.

C-14

CA. Scenario 4.

I
Data
Type I A B C
Facility
Function a b a, b

Data: U-2 imagery, low-altitude aerial photographs, satellite
data, and any specialized imagery such as thermal line

scan data.

Cataloginq Procedures:

To catalog and maintain all of the remote sensing data
in-house would require two full-time data handling
specialists, perhaps more, if extensive use of the data
by other agencie 's resulted in ma'ny retrieval requests.-
As an alternative to manual storage and retrieval, a
computerized system should1be given serious consideration
at this level. An operational computerized storage
and retrieval system could reduce manpower requirements
to one ha.lf-time data handling specialist.

C-11

C.4 Continued.

E(zjuipment:

Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewer (1)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (30)
White _gloves (1 gross)
File cabinets (3) 5 drawer type

Desks (2)

3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer (optional), stand-alone system or access to
time-sharing service network

Personnel:

Two full-time data handling specialists. If a computer
system is considered, the level drops to one half-time
person, but familiarization with computer systems and
processes would be necessary.

C-12

C.5 Continued.

@quipment:-

This scenario differs somewhat from Scenario 4 because
only-part of the data cataloged-and indexed would be.
physically stored in-house. Although fewer film
storage cabinets and file cabinets are needed, the
basic equipment remains the same as that needed in
Scenario 4.
Light tables.--(2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 4' x 6'

Portable stereo viewer
/7X loop magnifiers (min imum of 2)
Film cannisters (10)
White gloves (1 gross)
File cabinets, (2) 5 drawer type
Desks (2)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table @(1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Film filing cabinets/shelves (3)
Computer (optional), stand-alone system or access to
time-sharing service network

C-15

C.5 continued.

Personnel:

The volume of data, even if only some of it were
physically in-house, would require one full-time data
handling specialist for cataloging, organization, and-
general service. There is no analysis expertise
available.

Space:

One work room 20' x 20', as in Scenario 1, and one
storage are 20' x 30' would handle all data for several

years.

utility:

Lack of photographic interpretation personnal would
keep utility at a minimum; only contractors for CZM
are highly used.. The large amount of data centralized
could draw experienced interpreters from other agencies.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

Inclusion of information on all remote sensing data
would-increase the need for cooperation with other
agencies. Each-agency that obtained remote sensing
data would now supply information to the data facility;
for selected data, an in-house copy would,also be on
file at the facility.

C-16

C.5 Continued.

Comments:

This secnario wo-Uld,provide for a large data facility
and a largeIamount of data available, but there would
be little interpretation capability in-house. This
type of facility would best serve as an intermediate
phase of a long-term growth plan.

C-17

C.6 Scenario 6.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b

Data: U-2 imagery, low-altitude aerial photographs, satellite
data and any specialized imagery such as'thermal line-
scan data, t@o be stored in-house.

Catalogi ng Pro cedures:

To catalog and maintina all of the remote sensing data
in-house could require two full-time-data handling
specialists, perhaps more, if extensive use of the data
by other agencies resulted.in,many retrieval requests.
As an alternative to manu al storage and retrieval, a
computerized system should be given serious consider-
ation. An operational computerized storage and
retrieval system could reduce manpower-requi.rements to
one full-time data handling specialist. In-addition,
limited in-house analysis would be an additional burden
t1o the staff because more extensive use of the imagery
(a mu'ch greater number of retrieval requests) would
likely result. Depending on the level of us e, the cost
incurred to automate the data handling function could
well be justified at this level.

C-18

c.6 continued.

Equipment:

Light- tables (2) 7 Richards 30 x 40 or equiva lent
Large.work tables (2) 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewer (1)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (30)
White gloves (I gross)
File cabinets (3) 5 drawer type
-Desks (2)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1.) - Richards MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped'
with,a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film Splicing equipment.and supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer (optional), stand-alone system or ac cess to
time-sharing service network

Personnel:

Two full-time data handling specialists and one
professional-level resource analyst with remote sensing
and.photo interpretation-experience.

C-19

C.6 Continued.

Space:

Office space for three full-time people, one work area
20' x 20', and a storage area 10' x 30'

utility:

The utility of this scenario is considerably improved
over Scenario 4; analysis of the data is provided as
will as data handling. The benefits of this scenario
outweigh those discussed in 2. bec ause all types of
remote sensing data are now included, allowinq much
more flexibility in.the type of project that can be
undertaken. Major limitations exist, however. The
needed ancillary data is not cataloged, and a single
resource analyst would limit the extent of the projects
undertaken. Th e CZM program as well as other-DPED
efforts would benefit considerably.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

There would be extensive intergovernmental coordination
because a copy of all state data would be sent to the
data facility for cataloging and indexing.

Comments:

In spite of increased usefulness over all other options
described thus far, this scenario is not practical

C-20

C.6 Continued.

because of extensive in-house data handl-ing cost
coupled with the lack of readily available ancillary
data and a small analysis staff.

C-21

C.7 Scenario 7.

Data
B C
Facility'
Function a b a b

Data: All remote sensing data (satellite, U-2, low-altitude,
field; photos, digital images, thermal data) to which
the government has access. Availability, cost, need,
and relevance would govern collection (not an arbitrary
collection of every-photo or image ever taken in the
state).

Cataloging and Procedures:

Remote sensing data other than U-@ data would be cata-
loged, but not necessarily stored, in-house. A manual
system could probably handle the data, but computer
systems should be considered seriously. Retention of
data in-house would increase slowly as used. That is,
as,data was used internally,for an analysis program,
copies would be retained.in-house for easy access.

C-22

C.7 Continued.

Equipment:

Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewers (2)
7X loop magnifiers@(minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (15)
White gloves.-(l gross)
File cabinets (2) 5 drawer type

Desks (2)-
3 x 5 card Lile (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1) - Richards MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film Splicing equipment and supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (3)
Computer (optional), stand-alone system or access to
time-sharing service network

Personnel:

One full-time data handling specialist and one full-
time professional resource analyst with remote sensing

experience.

C-23

-C. 7 Continued.

Space:

Office space for two people, one 20' x 20' work area,
and one 10' x 201 storage area.

utility:,

The utility is-incre ased considerably over that of
Scenario 5 (equivalent to Scenario 6). Lack of
ancillary data and limited analysis staff would preclude
in-depth data use. V@

Interg(avernmental Coordination:

Operation could still remain DPED-funded and controlled.
However, increased outer agency data use and contribution
would require close coordination and cooperation.
Grant or project funding may,become necessary for outer

agency use.

Comments:

This scenario increases use at lower cost than
Scenarios 1 through 6, and it is one that deserves
serious consideration a-s an effective data faci lity or
an intermediate step towards a more expanded facility.

C-24

c.8 Scenario 8.

6ata
Type A B C
Facility
'Function a b a b

Data: U-2 imagery, low-altitude aerial photographs, satellite
data, and any specialized imagery such as thermal line-
scan data, all of which is to be stored in-house.
'Cataloging and Procedures:

To catalog and maintain all of the remote sensing data
in-house would require two-full-time data handling
specialist@s, perhaps more, if extensi ve use of the data
by other agencies resulted in many retrieval requests.
As an alternative to manual storage and retrieval, a
computerized system should be given serious consideratioP
at this level. An operational computerized storage
and retrieval system could reduce manpower requirements
to one of one half-time data handling specialist. In
addition, the extensive increase in interpretive
capability and staff requited by this scenario would
make use ofa computerized cataloging system much more
cost effective. Implied heavy use and large numbers of
data inquiries point toward a computer handling system.

C-25

C.8 --'Continued..

Equipment:

A compu-ter system to perform the data handling function
should be given serious consideration. It could serve
as part of the University CZM information system
previously discussed or as a stand-along system.
Because of the heavy emphasis on analysis, the computer
system could be used to support the information
extraction tasks; digit 'al image processing and
geographical information systems are important design
considerations.

Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 4' x 6'
PortabliE@ stereo viewers (2)
7X'loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (40)
White gloves (1 gross)
File cabinets (3) 5 drawer type
Desks (4)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1) - Richards MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film Splicing equipment and supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer (optional), stand-alone system or access to
time-sharing service network

C-26

C.8 Continued.

Personnel:

Addition of two resource analysts with remote'sensing
experience@. The specific resource training of these
analysts should reflect different disciplines to
broaden the scope of analysis efforts. In addition,
two full-time data handling specialists would be
required (one with a' computer background if the system
were automated).

Space:

This scenario requires a storage area 101 x 30' (rapidly
in-creasing), office space for four to six individuals,
a word area of 20' x 201, a computer room (optional)
10' x 20'

Utility:

Heavy use by all state agencies. Funding would support
all users, not just the administrative agency. The
extensive analysis capability suggests the need for
ancillary information for optimum output.

'Intergovernmental Coordinati,on:

As the need for coordination and cooperation-would be
high, legislative action to define fiscal, administra-
tive and contributive roles would be required. Copies
of all data at data facility would increase costs and
coordination.

C-27

C.8 Continued.

Comments:

With this scenari-o, we describe a multiple-project
data facility for the first time. The major limiting
factor is a lack of ancillary data as a support to the
analysis function. Because of extensive analysis
capability, the physical existence of all the imagery
in the data facility would not be totally impractical;
however, careful study of this factor would be
necessary to determine if it were justified.

C-28

C.9 Scenario 9.'

Data
Facility Type A a B b a C b
Function

Data: Al 1 remote sensing data (satellite, U-2., low-altitude,
field photos, digital images, thermal data) to which
the government has access. Availability, cost, need,
and relevance govern collection (not an arbitrary
collection of every photo or image ever taken in the
state).

Cataloging and Procedures:

Remote sensing data other than U-2 data would be
cataloged but not necessarily stored in-house. A
manual system could probably handle the data, but
computer systems should be considered. Retention of
data in-house would increase slowly as used. That is,
as data was used internally for an analysis program,
copies would be retain ed in-house f or eacy access.

C-29

C.9 Continued.

Equipment:

Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 41 x 6
Portable stereo viewers (2)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (20)
White gloves (1 gross)
File cabinets (2) 5 drawer type@
Desks (4)

3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)

Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1) - Richards MIM3 (or.equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film Splicing equipment and'supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (3
Computer (optional), stand-alone-system.or access to
time-sharing,service network

Personnel:

One full-time data handling specialist and three full-
fime resource analysts representing different discip-
linary backgrounds.

C-30

C.9 Continued.

Space:

This scenario requires a storage area 101 x 20', ofiice
space for four'individuals, a work area 201 x 20', and
a computer room (optional) 10'.x 201

utility:

As with Scenario 8,'this scenario describes multiprogram
data facility. In addition -to DPED programs,, major
support for other givernment agencies could be provided.
Lack of systematically cataloged ancillary data is the
only limiting factor. It is,,possible-that some of
this ancillary data would be on hand as it was collected
over a period of time for other., project's.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

The need for coordination would be high, and considerable
emphasis would be placed on-reducing-costs by combining
requests for aerial photographic coverage. Information
on all flights would be kept in -the data facility;
selected hardcopies of that coverage would be used in
the analysis.

Comments:

This scenario presentsa cost factor lower than that
presented in Scenario 8, although the data utilization

C-@31

C.9 Continued.

is equivalen t. Because of the increased interpretation
capability, the usefulness of the data is much better
than in Scenario 7; the increased cost is, due to the
addition of two more resource analysts.

C-32

C.10 Scenario 10.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function- a b a b
10

Data: The data pertinent to this scenario would include all
,the remote sensing data previously discussed under
lev els A and B plus the necessary ancillary information
sources such as mapsi special charts, reports,''
published research, interpretation results from earlier
investigation, field notes, environmental impact reports,
and other quantitative information.

Cataloging and Procedures:

The magnitude of the data and required cross-referencing,
would definitely require a com@)uterized system with
manual backup. Integration with the existing DPED
library would significantly reduce cost and redundancy.

Equipment:

In this case, computer-oriented operation would be
essential. The computer could be a dedicated stand-
along system or'part of a time-sharing service.

C-33

C.10 Continued.

interactive analysis would be necessary if prompt
response to inquiries were to be maintained.
t tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Ligh'
Large work tables (2) - 4- x V
Portable stereo viewers (2)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (40)
White gloves (3 gross)
File cabinets (3),-5 drawer type
Desks (3

3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer system (dedicated or time-sharing).

P.ersonnel:

One full-time computer operator/maintenance person,
two data handling specialists with one of the people
with alibrary science background.

Space:

Storage area 201 x 201, second room,needed within few
years, a work area 20' x 20', library room 10' x 101,
office space for three people. -

C-34

C.10 continued.

utility:,

A small increase in usefulness over Scenario 1 or 4
because ancillary information would be available.
However, since no analysis is provided, the need for
this ancillary informat ion as part of the data.facility
is questionable.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

Much.data acquisition by other organizations would be
coordinated by the -data facility. A copy of all data
would be kept in-house, increasing data handling costs.

'Comments:

Very high cost and lit-tle utility makes this scenario
impractical.

C-35

C.11 Scenario 11.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b a b

1 11

Data: U-2 imagery, low-altitude aerial photographs, satellite
data and any specialized imagery such as thermal line
scan data, plu,s a significant amount of reference,
resource, and ancillary data, which will enhance or
supplement interpretation of the raw data.

Cataloging ana Procedures:

Much of the available reference material or previous
study material must now be included in the cataloging
system. In addition to the large amount of remote
sensing data stored in-house, reference to out-of-house
ancillary data will be avai lable. The cross-reference
complexity will become too much for manual filing.
At this level a computer system should be implemented.
The difference between this'scenario and Scenario 10,
previously discussed, is the quantity of material
physically stored at the data facility, which will
be large, although much less than in Scenario 10.

C-36

C.11 Continued.

Nevertheless, a more complex computer indexing and
retrieval system may be-necessar-y because one must
know the agency and physical location of the out-of-
house photographs or library material.

Equipment:

In this case, computer operation would be essential.
The computer could be a,dedicated stand-alone system or
part of a time-sharing service. Interactive analysis
would be necessary if prompt response to inquiries were
to be maintained.
Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2),- 41 x 61
Portable stereo viewer (1)
7X-loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (20)
White gloves (2 gross)
File cabinets (3) 5 drawer type
Desks (3)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps--(U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer system (dedicated or time-sharing).

C-37

C.11 Continued.

Personnel::

One full-time data handling specialist.with library
sc)ience training and one full-time computer operator
or person-with computer training.

Space:

Storage area 20' x 20' with second ro"om needed within
a few years, work area 20' x 20', library room 10' x 10',
office space for three peoplei

utility:

Relative to cost, the utility will be low becau'se no
analysis capability exi@sts in-house (see comments).

Intergovernmental Coordination:

High. Cost would involve statewide cooperation in
areas of funding, data gathering, and usage. In'this
scenarioi the data facility would not control statewide
data collection, but it would monitor all such activities
to maintain an up-to-date data base.

Comments:

This scenario is similar to Scenario 10 and could be
considered impractical on the same basis. -However,

C-38

C.11 Continued.

under some conditions, a data facility such as described
here could serve a very useful function within the
State of Hawaii. If the various agencies each main-
tained an independent re source and-planning speciali.st.
with remote sensing experience, the central data facility
could serve to quickly and efficiently provide them
with all available information requested. Thus,
independent analysts and planners could contact one
agency or group,-rather than a number of organizations
within the state.

C-39

C.12 Scenario 12.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b a b

Data: The data pertinent to this scenario would include all
the remote sensing data previously discussed under
levels A and B plus thenecessary ancillary information
sources such as maps, special charts, reports,
published research, interpretation results from earlier
investigation, fiei'd notes, environmental impact reports,
and other quantitative information.

Cataloging and Procedures:

The amount of data and required cross-referencing-would
definitely reqiiire a computerized system with manual
backup. Integration with the existing DPED library
would significantly reduce cost and redundancy.

Equipment:

Computer operation would be essential. The computer
could be a dedicated stand-alone system or part of a
time-sharing service. Interactive analysis would be

C-40

C.12 Continued.

necessary if prompt response to inquiries were to be

maintained.

Equipment:

Light tables (2') Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (3) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewers (2)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (40)
White gloves (3 gross)
File-cabinets (3) 5 drawer type
Desks (3)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S..- 7.5 minute
,quadrangles)
Map file cabinet'(2)
Rewind table (1)
Micrdfilm viewer (1) for.satellite data
Light-table (1) - Richards'MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Fil m splicing equipment and supplies
Film filing cabinets/sh(t@lves (5)
Computer system (dedicated or time-sharing)

Personnel:

One full-time computer operator/maintenance.person, one
full-time data handling specialist, one full-time
resource analyst with remote sensing experience.

C-41

C.12 Continued.

'Space:

Storage area 20' x 20' with-second room needed within
few years, work area 201 X-20'', library room.101-x 10',
office space forthree people.

utility:

There,is small increase in usefulness over that for
Scenarios 1 or 4 because ancillary information would be
available. There is als6 some improvement.over
Scenario 10 because of the additi'on of an interpreter/
resource analyst.

@ntergovernmental Coordination:

Very high data use by other organizations would be
coordinated by the data facility.- A copy of all data
would be kept in-house, increasing data handling costs.

Comments:

The' addition of one analyst does not outweigh excessive
cost for data handling. This scenario is impractical.

C-42

C.13 Scenario 13.,

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b a b

Data: U-2 imagery, low-altitude aerial photographs, satellite
data, and any specialized imagery such as thermal line
scan data,,pl-us,a significant amount of reference,
..resource, and ancillary data, which will enhance or
supplement interpretation of the raw data.

Cataloging and Procedures:

Much of the available reference material or previous
study material must now be included in the cataloging
--system.- In addition to the large amount of remote
sensing da ,ta stored in-house, references to out-of-house
ancillary data will be avaible. The cross-reference
complexity will become too much for manual filing. At
this level a computer system should be implemented.
The difference between this scenario and Scenario 10,
previously discussed, is the quantity of material stored
at the data facility, whic4@will be large, although
les.s than Scenario 10. Nevertheless, a more complex'
computer indexing and retrieval system may be necessary

C-43

C.13 Continued.

because one@'must know the agency and physical location
of the out@of-house photographs or library material.
Additionally, this scenario provides for limited analysis
by in-house staff and this information must, be incorpor-
ated into the system.

Equipment:

Computer operatio n is essential. The computer could
be a dedicated system or used on a time-sharing basis.
The basic equipment remains the same as in Scenario 12,
although fewer storage cabinets are needed since all
data will not be in-house.

Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40,or equivalent
Large work tables (3) - 4' x 61
Portable stereo viewers (2)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of
Film cannisters (20)
White gloves (2 gross)
File cabinets 5 drawer type
Desks (3)

3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)*
Map file cabinet (2)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1) - Richards MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier

C-44

C_ .13 Continued.

Film splicing equipment and supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (4)
Computer system (dedicated or time-sharing)

Personne1

One full-time computer operator/maintenance person, one
full-time data handling specialist, one full-time
resource analyst with remote sensing experience.

Space:

Storage area 20' x 20' (second room needed within few
years), work area 20' x 20', library room 10' x 10', and
office space for three people.

Utility:

Considerably higher immediate utility than Scenario 11
because of in-house expertise in analysis, although
this is a somewh at artificia 1 condition- (see comments).

Intergovernmental Coordination:

Statewide cooperation in areas'of funding, data gathering,
and usage is needed'. In this scenario the data facility
would not control statewide data collection, but it
would monitor all such activiti-es to maintain an up-
to-date data base.

C-45

C.13 continued..

Comments.:

This scenario is little different than Scenario 11,
except that s-ome analysis capalAlity is now part of
the data facility (rather than existing elsewhere
within DPED). As structured, this option could serve
as a statewide remote sensing and resource information
center with DPED analysis capability as part of the
facility, rather than separate.

C-46

C.14 Scenario 14.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b'- a b

147

-Data: The data pertinent to this scenario would include all
the remote sensing data previously discussed under
@Levels A and B plus sources1for the neces,sary ancillary
information such a's maps? special charts, reports,
,.published research, interpretation results from earlier
inve@tigation, field notes, environmental impact reports.-

Cataloging Procedures:

With the inIclusion of all types'of data and extensive
analysis,- the cataloging task would be only one aspect
of the data facility operations. The primary effort
would consist of a centralized resource information
center. Computer system operation wo uld be required
and could be an outgrowth of the CZM geographical
information system presently under development.

c-47

C.14 Continued.

Equipment:

-Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewers (2)-
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (40)
White gloves (3 gross)
File cabinets (3) 5 drawer type
Desks (8)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.d.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file 'cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)

Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1) - Richards MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film Splicing equipment and supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer system (dedicated)

In addition to the analysis and film handling equipment
listed above,-a dedicated stand-alone computer serving
as a.comprehensive information system would be needed.
User-oriented peripherals to the main frame computer
would include:

C-48

C.14 Continued,

Large flatbed plotter
Digitizing station
Interactive graphics terminal
High-resolution color CRT display for image processing
(optional)

Some of these peripherals would also be useful in earlier
scenarios where data handling was the primary task of
the computer; here they would be more essential.

Personnel:

One data facility manager, one computer programmer,
two data handling specialists, one full -time secretary.

Space:

Office space for eight people, a computer room, 20' x 20',
a work area 201 x 201, a library room 101 x 2V, a
storage area (one or two rooms, each 20' x 201).

utility:

This major information center would have very high
usefulness, supporting numerous statewide planning and
resource evaluation programs.

C-49

C.14 Continued.

Intergovernmental Coordination:

In this scenario, coordination actually decreases as
the data facility (resource information-center is
perhaps a better name) could take on many of the
functions now scattered among several agencies.

Comments:

This scenario describes a statewide information center
rather than a single agency data facility. Although
utility is very high, problems of governmental
organization and politics may outweigh its usefulness.

C-50

C.15 Scenario 15.

Data
Type A B C
Facility
Function a b a b

Data: The data pertinent to this Scenario would include all
the remote sensing data previously discussed under
Levels-A and B plus tbeLreferencesfor-ancillary
information such as maps, special charts, reports,
published research, interpretation results from earlier
investigation, field notes, environmental impact reports.

Cata loging Procedures

Because of all types of data and extensive analysis
has been added, the cataloging task is only one part of
operation. The primary effort would consist of a
ce-ntralized resource information-center. Computer
system operation would be re-quired and could be an
outgrowth of the CZM geographical information system-
presently under development. Although this scenario
'provides for the cataloging of all data types, they
will not necessarily be stored in-house (as in
Scenario 14).

C__51

C.15 Continued.

Equipment:

Light tables (2) Richards 30 x 40 or equivalent
Large work tables (2) - 4' x 6'
Portable stereo viewers (2)
7X loop magnifiers (minimum of 2)
Film cannisters (20)
White gloves (2 gross)
File cabinets-(3) 5 drawer type
Desks (7)
3 x 5 card file (1)
Complete set of island maps (U.S.G.S. 7.5 minute
quadrangles)
Map file cabinet (1)
Rewind table (1)
Microfilm viewer (1) for satellite data
Light table (1) - Richards MIM3 (or equivalent) equipped
with a Zoom 95 stereo magnifier
Film Splicing equipment and supplies
Film filing cabinets/shelves (5)
Computer system (dedicated)

In addition to the analysis and film handling equipment
listed above, a dedicated stand-alone computer serving
as a comprehensive information system would be needed.
User-oriented peripherals to the main frame computer
would include:

C-52

C.15, Continued.

Large flatbed plotter
Digitizing station
Interactive graphics,terminal
High-resolution color CRT display for image process-ing
(optional)

Some of these peripherals would also be useful-in earlier
scenarios where data handling was the primary task of
the computer, but they become more essential here.

Personnel:

One data facility ma nager, one computer programmer,
one da-ta handling specialist, one full-time secretary.

Space:

Office space for seven people, a computer room, 201 x 201,
a work area 20' x 20', a lib rary room 10' x 20', and a
storage area (one or two rooms, each 20' x 20').

Utility:

As amajor information center, data utility is very
high and would be expected to support numerous state-
wide planning and resource evaluation programs.

C-53

C.15 Continued.

Interagency Coordination:

In this scenario, the data facility would provide
extensive interagency coordination. Not all of the
data would be physically stored in the facility,
which implies other agencies involved in some data
.collection and analysis programs. To reduce cost and
obtain economies of scale coordination would be

required.

Comments:

The statewide facility would be.heavily involved with
coor.dination between agencies and would conduct
joint programs of analysis with other agencies.

C-154

APPENDIX D

AVAILABLE LANDSAT DATA

This appendix provides the LANDSAT cove rage over Hawaii
through 22 July 1976.

D-1

1234567890 123456784567890 1234567 890 1234567890123,890 1234567890 5 I LATITU I E PH ER NGITUD OF A 1 N TYPE CO\ FILM IDENTIFICATION 1pR C 1p! LAP FRAME I E 1 - QUAL RST FRAME C- A. FRAME IDENTIFICATION DATA CHARACTERISTICS PHOTO STRIP INFO.
FIRST LINE OF ACCESSION INFORMATION
COMPUTER PRINTOUT DECODING SHEET SHEET I
FOR INTERPRETATION OF IMAGERY FROM EROS DATA CENTER

INSTRUCTIONS: CODE EXPLANATIONS (REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR FURTHER BREAKDOWN)
TYPE COVERAGE SITES TYPE ACCESSION
This decoding sheet is used in conjunction with ANGRAPHIC QUALITY APPEARS IN A/C COLUMN INDICATES WHETHER COVERAGE DESCRIBED I
the enclosed computer listing to interpret charac- COVERAGE LISTED 45RESPECTIVE BANDS INDICATES OR PHOTO HOTO STRIP (2
CATES ORDER FORM TO 8 THOSE USED FOR THE COMPOSITE ADJ DINING FRAMES). OR PHOTO INDEX teristicsof imagery available from the EROS Data MANY INDIVIDUAL PHOTOS)
Center. FILM SOURCE CLOUD COVER CORNER POINT COORDINATES
III INDICATES TY PIE AND SIZE OF MASTER REPRODUCIBLE D COVER CORDINATES OF SCENE OR From interpretation of choices al FILM. REFER TO STA TABLE ON OR- 00% NO CLOUD COVER -COORDINATES OF ENTIRE STR DE AVAILABLE TO photographic accessions can be evaluated and ap- AND WHITE OR LESS CLOUD COVER ES)
propriate order forms selected for ordering. C PHX - COO ENTIRE P CIR COLOR INFRARED DATE ACQUIRED INDEX MANY SCENES
F C ERTS FALSE COLOR COMPOSITE
The computer listing may list several possible SIZE SIZE OF FILM SOURCE E FOR THIS IMAGE SENSOR CODES
p1 2pEE SHEET 2)
images available over your area of interest. Each S Z E CENTER/ FIRST FRAME COORDINATE
wi I I be described by two printed lines indicating OF SCENE OR PHOTO SENSOR CLASS
in detail parameters of the individual image or PHOTO/ SCENE IDENTIFICATION PHOTO STRST FRAME
photograph accession. COLUMN I - SOURCE AGENCY SCALE OF IMAGERY IMAGE CLASS
CODE AGENCY AIRCRAFT SPACE Y FOR THIS ACCESSION (SEE SHEET 2)
USG Detailed data can be read by aligning the scale 2 BUREAU OF ALTITUDE FILTER CODE
RECLAMATION
on the topand both the upper 4 CH EXPOSURE WAS MADE 5 and lower lines of each accession on the computer NA SA 7 APOLLO/ GEMINI VERLAP FILTER CODE & COLOR
listing, noting characteristics foreach data item. ERTT RLAP IN PERCENTAGE A AMS
A TYPE COVERAGE for each accession indicates NAVY PHOTO STRIP INFORMATION
the correct ORDER FORM to be used. F SKYLA E NUMBER OF THIS PHOTO STRIP 5 & W OR (INFRARED)
ALASK ON ERING) LOR OR )
SIZE dictates products available from the table SEE SHEET 2 FOR DETAILED BREAKDOWN IN THIS PHOTO STRIP DE at the bottom of the respective order forms. QUALITY ME FORMAT SIZE I
Descriptions and code breakdown for data fields ALLDES NFE E MICROFILM IDTH OF IMAGE ON FILM ASTE
AER AL/A RCRAFOL LOCATION OF THIS IMAGE IN MICROFILM LIBRARY IN MILLIMETERS
are shown on the right. A further breakdown of I
selected data fields is itemized on supplemental QUALITY APPEARS N A/C COLUMN CT TOTALS
sheet 2 2pT FOR EACH SPECIFIED AREA
T ONLY ARE FOUR CATEGORIES
4567 =,INDIVIDUAL AVA Y E AT EROS DATA CENTER
Note that special procedures are required for NO S 4. MUST BE REQUDATA
12345678 34578901234567 67812345678901234567890 1 256781p,901234
imagery accessed by photo index or photo strip. CENTER FROM GODDARD SPACEFLIGHT
.51pf A-pL CENTER
R E REPRODUCED 4 SECOND LINE OF ACCESSION INFORMATION
-A' TYPE FILM p, CORNER POINT COORDINATES ACCESSION LASS
LATITUDE LATITUDE LATITUDE, LATITUDE LONGITUDE A

DETAILED CODE INTERPRETATION
'SHEET 2
SUPPLEMENT FOR DETAILED INTERPRETATION OF SHEET I
PHOTO ID CODING --- SENSOR CODES FILTER,CODES FIL; CODES SENSOR CLAS11
COLUMN I COLUMN I -- 8 AM_E-RAS W. I- L -I. a25 8 &W FILM Of VERT CARTO
E- F-- -FS."P, E ' E @. fN--1' - I A'. .I
JSGS (AIOCOG - SURVE V -TELL-TE OA I ANCOSAI Be DO 0VERT RECON
:00 :4 C0L0Fj
1 6, r)r@ OK MMM52AOOO .02 -,"R 5 01 403 03 SL OR
USGS 03 ce; Rra .1 AI L EAR'A`@ 04 THERMAL
Pp aE51L A.DSA;". : 02 2405 INFRARED
PROJE C T -P-,- - 3111 -ca -2 e 03 Z402 05 PAN
Ppp IFR@S- @ E ZiIANDSAI 's, PP I ORAMtC
cc, ROLL OR MICROFILM 151 ' 84 IL 012 0 B4 9
,aS @jq :05 2403 450 8443 00 RD
ERT@-, PAS' DAY 999 '06 A26 O-A .12 1 2485 452 SO-117 IMIC WAVE
CASSETTE ODD DAYS SINCE LAUNCH .138,''
FFFF F RAMS WHEN 5 @ ERTS-1 ABOVE COY K. 91 C86 SIOO O-B I,a0 9 10.2 !2 5 106 2495 453 SO-180 I IPAN CHROMATIC
00 LON USED (0: @81-SVSTIFM 914 C87 IIA50A ELoS6.88 Us 10m- 515 1,07 34og` 454 Z443 t6 L. 0SL:QUE
ADD t.000 TO DOD , Eh OPTICAL 15AR 1508 C:1 I " 12Z 4' lom-5 5425 17H. 0 L QUE
HEOMM HOURS/MIN SINCE LAUNCH to B
COLUMNI = 2 S 1102 1C 40 7 08 457 3443
-TENS OF SECOND$ S 150, CAAD- 01000 000 V, 4075- 575 109 3401 458 50-131 37 RBV
2Y' MSS C I,- K A96 cgo A.2 Fl0000 925 V; 580- Sao 110 5401 459-SO-127 30 MSS
BUREAU OF RECLA ATION R135 CA 2OP- AL BAR PAN (608 C:t Amp o 000 32. @3 690 16
AALASKA N GODDARD.
I D - BRAZIL C:S H ASSS 308 c 2,4 0000i 14 8@0 901 @'11 1 04
ZP PPPCCCFFFFOO G GOLDSTONE, 8 OR 14HA 5 K2214 11 00, 1!, 3 S0467 FALSE
C
2 USEIR JBULK: 1. PRE IS;ON. 2 Cot COS HASS ioo. C93 ON A 15 COLOR
PPFPP - PROJECT Co.p COLOR C@P PREC S C94 N-K 01"35L 4 5498
116 HASS 105, 0. BA
CC MICROFILM CASSETTE @)Q @ ONIOSEL 1 1 5C @73- 'f4 =OMP
FF SO.
FF : FRAME (17 MAUER Cot HC -7So* 1.4 0 :00 - 14-1
00 UNUSED COLUMN I = A MAUER so 191 "1 H -04 I@ 425 41- 22 117 SO-340 500 FCC AGECLASS
1 0-157 IM
1:81 MA- 76 '152 1R EISSA JOB S
AM$ LRMv MAP SERVICE ISO W, ID R1-8 1goHR.732F 5 z EISSa So- SO
-D , .11 1 E: SS1 14
COLUMN 1 = 4 AP PPPCC-FFO" 132 -HF4 7 , 01
A ,AMS I E :20 06 BULK
C33 AP5 .5 Z-1, 21 3404
USEILM : BUREAU OF LAND MGT 17 H@5 _,BID.
PF CPPPP FROJ (I C34 K- CHI AS IS0-a 57@ 08 SOB 122 so- oil 07 RE
4PPPP CCCFFF 00 ,CMICROFILM ( ASSET TE ONR '2525
4 - USEILM FFFIzFRAME C35 K - 17NIK DATA 170- 0 5 -UL T,1BANO 01 OT MICRONS 123 2479 08 COLOR COMP
0U C36 ZEISS %3051 625-05 1a Iss :24 SO-267 121 PANCHRO ATIC
PPPPP7 PROJECT 04USED C37 ZEISS RMK 30/23 1305) KK 0 725-0 775 1. IBM Z5 30-355 1=IR(B& I
CCC - MICROFILM CASSETTE U30-ZEISS RMK 15/23 1$52) LL 0 825-0.875 2A 2A 126 34f4 13 =.IR (COLOR)
FFFF = FP &MIS COLUMN I = S C39HASS 40. C cc 2490 14 TCOLOR
00 - UNUSED MAO-035-0 60 :27 PAR - MULT:SPECTR
AIPFORCE c 40 ITEK M- BAND fool ,4MS:- 4 2F 2E 21 SIB. 83 L
ID @ 8PPPPP(C(F FFOO c41-ITEM M- BAND f150) SCANNERS M5 MS -5 2H HF. F. 129 2 14 = RECT LINEARIZED
B 3 130 54 4 11, ON-REC
COLUMN 1 5 - A(RFORCE C,42 HASS-50, .6 MSS-6 A 20 SLANT RANGE
PPPPp PROJE C 7 41 ASS51$0 ZSA 131 2491
50; AAS M, S 7
NASA-AM ES RESEARCH CENTER ccc go It IRMICRI)FILM I ASS, 41 ASS1120, _SUV 00 .5, 313 $05 21 GROUND RANGE
ID 5YYORRRRRFFFFOO FF- -15P150, SBENDIX 24 CH S 3P SOP 122 =NO -IMAGE
H@ 5 aLIM .1 1, .' 1 525 COLOR
5 - N&SA-AMES 00 JNUSEC _'S 150: So4 L!11.@ 460 00 575- 62% 5A 25A - Z3 OTHER IMAGING
v IYEAR so RS -u 67@ '25 5p 508 220 8442 24 BLACK & WHITE,
NOSED COLUMN I - C 14 SL .00 56 2 1 7448
0 U . .1, , :
IRRRRP ROL 4, @6L iol @s- -, A b5A 222 2450
C O@ F @RA ME soe - - P@ 11 SIO -,; 21
E L, io - g; 14 2 4 0IS
9 1; 1.
-ONUS U 5 1@13@ It 5 50-368
'2 MAO52r 625 1 01,
Pppp PRO b@ .62 "Sa 2 226 50-397
FOLUMN 1 - 6 U a
@RP P c @VINTEI .115 82A 227 0-500
OLL
N ASA - JS C @ JOHNSON SPA CEC R A FT RAMS 14! 1PU 91
5S-- '. '152 -2 R, 8 2 a D-fooo
"S,AIRI 5::
00 UNUSEt S;3 1jPV 'SLA P14
(ENTER -I I' S 4HP - 307100' P9, @O 69 98 a 229- S -211
I D SMMMM 1. 1; RI %52, 1_U - -3
RRRSFFFFOO 5 5 PA 12 Wt2 23, so0
I s
5 - NASA -JSC COLUMN I = G C58 PARK 521 S@fi MSPSM5000DA RD QQ 0611, 0.825 15 15 23 20-276
MMM MISSION SKYLA aI MANNED SPACE( RAFT I C59 WILD, PC ;S2. S 7SAS RR 0 075-0 925 IS 1:, Z3 67
E, RP'. ROLL ID 020AMMMFFFOOOOO C60 KI, 152. SIB OLS R13 20 20AV 233 -C
SSENSOR, OR '0' @ UNUSED rSKYLAB C.IAERO 631 SIg HRB454 R.' 22 2.2 AV 234 so- iea
NNG V:2 24 W24 Z35 SO:Z 2
FFFF FIRST FRAME SKYLAB 2. 3 - SKYLAB 3. C62 AEROGOE-112 520 TI-134 IRS RD V 3
00 -UNUSED 4@ SKYLAB 4 L63 KARGL12 5
C64 AEROGO'5('1521 R4 24 2 W25 28111- So 356
0',UNUSED N SA 1.20-1.30 29 29 236 2"1
'OLUMN I --' 7 A- S190-,A.'B @ S190-6 C65 WILD 115 2' 052) 1 55-1 75 32 3 239 5389
C66 AERO VI SC 4 324 140 SO-224
MIMM 7 MAGAZINE OR ROLL EW SB 2 10-2.35 3
FFF! FRA E C67 KAROL K I 1 4109
00000 = UNUSED 522: so 2 12 5
L* I IF ': 'S
NA:A -APOLLO/ GEMINI ANNFO C68 KARG T 12115 So
P Sc
SP C G AFT C69 WILD R( -9 (881 B 3. 242 FE:3432
ID ?SMM RRRRFFFFFOO COLUMNI =H SO041 -0 46/ 44 44 243 SO Z17
C70 AS RD (304, S2046-0 51 47 4
7APOLLO OR GEMINI C719
S APOCLO OR ALASKA -MIS( 5052 0 56 a 45 B SO, w
I sa
0 MINI to HPPFFRRRFFFFFO0 2RL:/4L ::5Z, 0 W500 INFRARED
MM 3PC JOIR 52, S, .1 .01" :3 W530
- MISSION NUMBER HA@ ASKA-MIS( 6' $6
PPPP r74 RCS/AL t905,' 568 ::0 SO-246
RRRR @ ROLL NV DER OR ' ' P C7t RCS44. Se0-0 75 57 W155
MAGAZIMM RR. Rl,@"'" (76 -TEK q 57': 1 7: 1 2424
FFFFF ; FRAME ELETTER FF F-FFFRAME 7 910: 342 5424
00 UNUSED 00 UNUSED 17 MFMP So 591Oo*1 19 $43 -1
C78 M S -5.60 1. W700 &44 FIE -S215
r7% P- 22t - W74 5 a&&j: soeuq
34B SO - 281 72 0 3.01 78 @*@ --@_,ta:@ -,, !87 47
-TS @t10 1 :7 87 T3
SAS,: 'SO - 289 I'T a
a; g'; T4 1.5- VS -R WRBSA

U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
EROS DATA,CENTER STANDARD PRODUCTS

AIRCRAFT PRODUCTS
Aug. 1, 1975

AERIAL MAPPING PHOTOGRAPHY
Black & White
Image Size Format Unit Price 'Black & White Paper Print
9 inch. Film Positive $ 5.00 Photo Index
9inch. Film Negative 6.00 Film Source Format Unit Price
9inch. Paper 100 B & W - Size A 10" x 12" $ 5.00
18 inch. Paper 8.00 B & W - Size B Other 5.00
27 inch. Paper 9.00
36 inch. Paper 15@00

NASA RESEARCH AIRCRAFT PHOTOGRAPHY
Black & White Color
Image Size Format Unit Price Unit Price

2.2 inch. Film Positive $ 3.00 $ 6.00
2.2 inch. Film Negative 4.00 N.A.
4.5 inch. Film Positive 4.00 7.00
4.5 inch. Filrl Negative 5.00 N.A.
4.5 inch. Paper 3.00 7.00
9.0 inch. Film Positive 5.00 12.00
9.0 inch. Film Negative 6.00 N.A.
9.0 inch. Paper 3.00 7.00
9 X18 inch. Film Positive 10.00 24.00
9X18 inch. Film Negative 12.00 N.A.
9X18 inch. Paper 6.00 14.00
18.0 inch. Paper 8.00 20.00
27.0 inch. Paper 9.00 25.00
36.0 inch. Paper 15.00 40.00
MICROFILM MISCELLANEOUS
Black & White Color
Roll Price Roll Price
16 mm (100 foot ro 11) $15.00 $40.00
35 mm (100 foot roll) 20.00 45.00

KELSH PLATES
Contact Prints on Glass Black & White
Specify thickness (0.25 or 0.06 inch)
and method of printing (emulsion to
emulsion or through film base). $12.00

TRANSFORMED PRINTS
Black & White
From convergent or transverse low oblique
photographs. $8.Od

35 mm MOUNTED SLIDE Black & White Color

35 mm mounted duplicate slide where available $1.00 $1.00

Complete roll reproduction delivered in roll format carries a 50% reduction in frame price.

Custom processing of non-standard products is available at three times the standard product price. If a non-
standard size is desired, price is three times the next larger standard product price.

Priority service with guaranteed five working days shipment is offered for standard products only, at three
times the standard product price.

See Reverse

U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
EROS DATA CENTER STANDARD PRODUCTS
SATELLITE PRODUCTS Aug. 1, 1975
LANDSAT DATA
Black & White Color composite
Image Size Scale Format Unit price Unit Price
2.2 inch. 1:3369000 Film Positive $3.00 N.A.
2.2 inch. 1:3369000 Film Negative 4.00 N.A.
7.3 inch. 1:1000000 Film Positive 5@00 12.00
7.3 inch. 1:1000000 Film Negative 6.00 N.A.
7.3 inch. 1AO30000 Paper 3.00 7.00
14.6 inch. 1:500000 Paper 8.00 20.00
29.2 inch. 1:250000 Paper 15.00 40.00

COLOR COMPOSITE GENERATION *(When not alreadv available)
Image Size Scale Format Unit Price
7.3 inch. 1:1000000 Printing Master $50.00
Color composites are portrayed in false color (infrared) and not true color.
Cost of product -from this composite must be added to total cost.

COMPUTER COMPATIBLE TAPES
Tracks b.p.i _. Format Set Price
7 800 tape se! $200.00
9 800 tape set 200.00
9 1600 tape set 200.00

NASA LANDSAT CATALOGS
Cost
Title Per Volume
U.S. Standard Catalog - Monthly $ 1.25 each,
nthly 1.25 each
Non - U.S. Standard Catalog - Mo
Cumulative U.S. Standard Catalog 1972/1973 also
1973/1974
Volume I Observation ID Listing
Volume 2 Coordinate Listing 1.25 each
Cumulative Non - U.S. Standard Catalog - 1972/1973 also
1973/1974
Volume I Observation ID Listing
Volume 2 Observation ID Listing
Volume 3 Coordinate Listing -
Volume 4 Coordinate Listing 1.25 each
MANNED SPACECRAFT PRODUCTS

SKYLAB S190A PHOTOGRAPHY

Black & White Color
Image Size Scale Format Unit Price Unit Price
2.2 inch. 1:2850000 Film Positive 3.00 $ 6.00
2.2 inch. 1:2850000 Film Negative 4.00 N.A.
6.4 inch. 1:1000000 Paper 3.00 7.00
12.8 inch. 1:500000 Paper 8.00 20.00
25.6 inch. 1:250000 Paper 15.00 40.00

SKYLAB S190B PHOTOGRAPHY Black & White Color
Image Size Scale Format Unit Price Unit Price
4.5 inch. 1:950000 Film Positive $ 4.00 $ 7.00
4.5 inch. 1:950000 Film Negative 5.00 N.A.
4.5 inch. 1:950000 Paper 3.00 7.00
8.6 inch. 1:500000 Paper 3.00 7.00
17.2 inch. 1@250000 Paper 8.00 20.00
34.4 inch. 1:125000 Paper 15.00 40.00

APOLLO/GEMINI PHOTOGRAPHY Black & White Color
Image Size Format Unit Price Unit'Price
2.2 inch Film Positive $3.00 $6.00
2.2 inch Film Negative 4.00 N.A.
8.9 inch Paper 3.00 7.00
17.9 inch Paper 8.00 201.00

See Reverse

EROS DATA CENTER DATA INQUIRY SYSTEM DATE 0~ REPORT 01002
GENERAL LIST (TERMINAL) TIME 0~ PAGE I
W~ W16~ BOX ~pM ~p-~ 82 ACCESSIONS
~~~ TYPE COVERAGE. FILM S~ PH~D ~ DATE CENTER/I~ SCALE ALT OLAP I STLAST --- N~pl~-~-~CCT
ERTS~2p.~ ~1 29 0~0 9054 ~ ~2~ SCENE (N,19 12 ~pr 5~pPW162 06 47)~~(~~Sll 3806 ~ 55 53~ -------- - --- ----

ERTS-1 ~ ~" 81189204115~ ~p4~18 52 1~ 42 33690~0~ ~ ~0~ SCENE 45. 18~)(Nl~~~ 14 33~1p6~~ ~ ~ ~ ~-~ ~ 10% 1200120486
SCENE (N~5~6 2~pG 39 2~159 ~4~9) ~ ~ 55 53
ERT~) ~1p2~A~ ~1p(~73~ 03 WI~ 26 3369000 90~ 120013 18 25
S ~ ~2pPW158 5~44 54~ ~0~2)~ 14 ~~Sil ~ ~ 5~ ERT~pS~ ~2p2~3~ ~0~ N18 38 05 W158 35 2~p1~ 110 ~p60
'SCENE (N~PW157 3~~13 ~2CW157 5~8 ~59~~3806 M5 113 55 53

ERTS-~S) ~~p129~~ ~~3~ 4951 W 1 58 39 20 ~ 30 10~ ~ ~~ ~p-WI~p2~194~ ~~ ~1pN~3~ 52)(N~ 11 39~pl 38~~ 53

~p.2~C5~ ~~4 N18 43 57 W15~ 36
~ ~ 3369000 9186 10% 1100041621
,SCENE (N~156 ~ 13)~wl5~ 3~ 11~)(N~ 4~~ S~ ~ 55 53

ERTS-1 ~ ~2~2p0 2 ~~1p8~2p7301~2p8 38 44 W15~ 33 3369000 9~ ~ SCENE ~16~2p'~ 4~2p,~ ~-~~~~ 24) S~ 3806 M~55 ~ 8~ ~1pa~0125 N1~7 52 336~~ 1100070288
~~MS~ ~0~ ~p2 5 ~ ~ SCENE ~~p6 ~i4~IT 59 4~~ 14 3~4~ 3806 M5 113 ~ ERTS-1 (MSS) ~" 812042024~ 2~2pu~ N~1p7 14 C~~ 11D~ SCENE ~~ 13)(N~~ 55)(N1~ 13,~)~ ~ ~53

ERT~pS) ~1p2" ~p05A~ 8822 50~ NIB 37 36 W155 42 50 3369000 9054 1~ 11000609~ SCENE ~pPW154 39 31)~2pPW156 2~p'44 44~I~5 42) SlI 3806 M5 113 55 53

ERT 5-1 ~ ~)2.2~25A~, ~ Iu~ N18 46 39 W155 4~000 9123 10~ 11~ ~~43 39 31~p18~~ M ~ ~ SCENE (N~ 4~5 ~-~~~8 ~ 113 55

~~-
ERTS~ ~ SCENE (N~46 39)(N~2~p-5~ 1~2p3~ ~ 54 ~2p'Sl~M5 113 55 53

ER~ ~" 81293201835~ 8~0~B 51 55 W155 56 45 3369000 905~ 1100101~ 3 4) ~-~i~ ~ - 5~~ E R T ~p-~ ~~- ~~p5~0 ~ 5 5 ~2p-2~pZ~2p-2~2p- 2~ W 15 5 4 ~2p0 0 9 ~ SCENE (N~1pI54 3~5 5~7 54)(NIT 59 56~)(N~2pI5~ SlI 3806 M5 1~ 53
--------------
~2p(~ ~~0~ 5955 ~2r N18 45 O~000 9111 10% 2100110002
~ ~20~ 5~7 I~6~,~p-S~ ~p1 ~ ~~~2~~1p0~-~~1p73~~2p-1 ~ 3~-00~ 1~ ~~10~ SCENE (N~53 ~I9 43 5~1p0~pP~00)(N~55 13 14) S~ M5 113 55 53

ERTS-1 ~ ~2.~p@12201245~ ~2p2 730210 N18 46~ 49 3369000 91~ 1100~ 00~~-~ ~~ ~3~

EROS DATA CENTER DATA INQUIRY SYSTEM DATE 0~ ~Oita
GENERAL LIST (TERMINAL), TIME 08 31 PAGE 2
BOX 8 19/ N1803~N22~3M W16~ 82 ACCESSIONS
LIST- ~~ ~C~ ---------------

TYPE C AGE ~S ~~ ~ N E 1~ DATE CENTE~~ SCALE ALT OLAP I ST LAST NOF ~~m CC-T-

~- ~ ~~~i ~~p-~1 o ~ 3 4 ~9 do o ~ 1~ Ito ~ ~ I ~1p2~1~ SCENE (N20 38 29~~0 53 ~ 41)~pC~ 54)(N~62 10 44) S~ 3806 M~ 55 53
~) ~2.~000 ~ 10~~369000 90~ 1~ S~ (N20 56 16~21 12 ~ 5~~1pC 2~-~ ~ 113 55~ ERTS-1 (MSS) ~~~~ 8~ ~pC ~ 14 W159 40 47 3369000 9054 10~ 110~ ~p, ~~2p-3~p8~0~2p3___~1p18_ 48__~8 26~3~p123~1p0 44~ 3806 M5 113 55 ~ ERTS-1 (~ ~)2.2~,135~C~ ~ 60~8 53 W159 38 44 3369000 90~ 1100070366
~~N~9~~S~ ~pM~ ~
ERTS-1 ~ ~~O~ ~ ~ N2~-~2p-~~~1p10~ 1100050142~ SCENE ~W157 1~~ 53)(N~57 35 36)~W~2pt 380~113 55 53

ERTS-1 (MSS) ~~692~~ ~1pi~p0 04 56 W~ ~1p0~ SCENE ~p4~p0~ 36 ~~55) Sll 380~ ~ 55 53

ERTS-I ~ ~" 81~02935A~ ~pt~ N20 ~ 53 33~ ~~ SCENE (N20 54 14~p27)~2pPW158 56 ~N19 23 ~~1p.W~ 3806 M5 113 55 53

ERT~ ~" ~4~ ~p-~ N2~8 3369~% ~p4
SCENE (N2~~; ~2pPW15E 55 3806 M5 ~p- 5~ ~@~ ~3 ~ ~ -------
ERTS-~ ~pf~-~~ 5 3369000 9091 10~ ~~
SCENE (N20 5~7 ~ 3~7 ~48)~ 39~)~2p-W~ 3806 M5 113 55 53

ERTS-1 (MSS) B~p811142~,C ~ 7~ N2~9 58 3369000 9188 ~ 110004162 0
SCENE (N20 47 14~ ~ ~15~ ~-~ 3~~~ 2~7 ~p-~ 38~3 ~ ~ 9055 ~,~ ~~
ERTS-1 ~ ~p0 05 29 W156 46 4~ SCENE ~ 42~ ~) ~1p0~ W~p-4 38 ~ ~S~~p-~) S~ 3806 M5 113 ~ ERTS~ ~~G~ ~ ~p01~2p(~3 3369000 9~1~ 1100070287
SCENE (N20 55 ~p? ~~24 ~p-~ ~p06~ ~-55~2p-3

1~ ~ 020
~p1~ ~-02 ~~~p-~~ 12 ~p6 --- ~ 69000 9126 10% 1100080
SCENE (N20 49 4~ ~2pPW157 29 ~p18 44~)~~ S~ M5 113 55 5_3

ER~p(~ ~~22202355A~ 8882 20~C 14 07 W156 56 29 3369000 9179 IOZ ~2p1~0~ SCENE ~ 14~ 4~p-~1p5 ~2pg 2~6 If 22)(N~ 3~1p6~ ~p113 55 5~ 9142 IOZ 1100040354
ERT~(M~ ~~1pID7 ~~~2p% ~ N2~5 3369000
SCENE (N20 55 59~ 1~pPW155 58 1~ 41.~(N19 39 42~) ~ 3806 ~ 55 53

ERTS-1 ~ 8~ 81167201~ ~ 50~ N2C~p2~pk~ 10~ 11 609~ ~ -- ~ _~
SCENE (N20 41 3~~ ~5~e 4~ 11~I9 26 23~) ~ 3806 M5 1~ 55 53

ERTS-1 ~ 8 ~ ~ N2~ W 1 5 5 25 4 2 33 69000 9 123 1 OZ 11000~ SCENE (N~2pI~ 10)(N21 06 14~ 45)(~ 4~f 07)(N~pW~2pt 3806 ~ 55~ ERTS-1 ~ FCC~" 81~2~p0 ~% 730211 N20 13~p-155~p-4~~~p-~~ 11000~ SCENE (N20 ~54 2~ 17~PW156 0~9 ~ 0~~~ 3808 M5 500 1~

EROS DATA CENTER DATA INQUIRY SYSTEM DATE 0~ORT 01002
GENERAL LIST (TERMINAL) TINE 08~ ~ BOX 8 19/ N1~.~4D3~
82 ACCESSIONS
~ ~607C~ SCENE C~T FRAME CTR SCALE ALT OLAP I ST LAST No~2pICR CCT
TYPE COVERA~~C' PH~ ~~ DATE OF It. if

~~1p22~~ ~ 2~ N~ W155 29 56 3369000 91~ 1100080538
SCENE ~N2~~'~ 23 ~W154~~2pPW15~i~ 3806 M5 113 55 53.

ERTS-1 ~ FCC~ 81~5A2~1pR 2~ N2~ W~ 9177 00~ 1I~__~-
SCENE (N2~~ 15)(~pPW15~ 33)~ 07~ 3~2p6 1~ ~pl ~ ~~05~ ~2 N2~W155 35 25 3369000 9060 1~ 1100101610
SCENE (N20 ~2pI54 3~ 39~,W~2p42)~ ~2p-~(N~156 38 41) ~6 M5 113 55 53

ERTS-2 (MSS) ~~2 1~ ~ 5~2p% 750827 N2~2p-5 ~9 3~9111 lox.. 2100110001
SCENE (N2~1pO~ 24)(N~2p1~19 ~ ~ 35 44)(N~56 17 06) ~p06 M5 113 55 53

ERTS-1 ~ ~~(~p@ ~ 730210 N2~5 3369000 9119 10~ 1100070821
SCENE (N20 5~~p0)(N2~8~ ~N19 ~-~ 2~( ~34~pI5~0) ~806 M5 113 55 53
ERTS-1 ~ ~- 8118~pG~ 8~p730123 N2~3 -48 -3~ ~68 10% 11000~ SCENE (N20 55 ~4~2p3~ ~ 52~ ~2pPW154 51 56) S~ 3806 ~55 53

~~712~pQ~2~ 30% ~ W160 45 24 3369000 9C56 10~ ERTS-1 (M~ 1100061136
SCENE (N~~ ~1p.W~ 51)(N~ 13~p0~(N20 48 ~ 49 10) S11 3806 M5 113 ~ ERTS~ ~~18 9 2040 2 5 A ~p, ~ 2~0128 N21 45 31 W160 41 23 33~ 9~ 11000704~ SCENE (N22 22 46~~pj~-2 3~2p-~ ~52 15~ 03 43)(N21 07 52~ 46) S1~ M5 113 55 53

~ ~1p" 81 2 55~ ~2p-~ N2~ W159 13 3369000 9094 ~ --- ~ SS) ~ ~ 15 11~ SCENE (N22 1_4 ~ UP 2~ ~ 31)(N2~~5~ ~N2~~p0 17 38) SIl 3806 M5 113 5~ ERT~) ~~~~ ~1p@~ N21 2~159 19 2 3 3369 000 9056 10 ~ ~ 109 9
SCENE N ~ 1 ~1pC 15~ ~~;~p2~34~11 38~ 55 53

~f~ MIS, 8 11~p0~COO ~~1p(~-30~ N21 2~59 19 2 3 ~2p0 9-056 00~ ~
SCENE (N22 05 12~ ~ 15~)(N2~ 45~ 2~~ 38~ 185 178

ERTS-1 (MSS) ~~88203435 ~ ~p%~2~ 45 02 W159 16 09 ~ 90~ 1100070365
SCENE ~24~ ~1pPW159 ~51~ 22)~1pP~ SI~M5 113 55 53

EIR~2pj~ ~ ~~p0 ~2p- ~p-1~~p3~- 1 ~p0 ~e3 ~3~2p'~~~~ 110~ SCEN~ (N22 17 53~)(N22 33 26~2~ 16~)~9 05 12) ~ 3806 M5 11~ ERTS-1 ~ FCC~32~~ 3~ N21 39 56 W158 00 20 1000000 918~ 1100080573
SCENE (N22 17 53~)(~15~6 16~ 2 15~ 3 5v W~5 12) SI~ M~185 178

ERTS-1 ~ B.~115~~ 8882 4~ N21~ W15~ ~ 1100050141
SCENE ~2p-~24~)(N22 28 15~~~pp~~- 1~ 23~ 31) ~ 3~ 113 55

ERTS-1 (MSS) ~Z.~~ ~p8~8 N21 31 47 W15~ 3369000 9056 ~ 1100061058
SCENE (N~56 46 4~1p34~ 29)~ 5~p?~2~~~ ~-~o6 ~~ ~ ~59 W~ 3369000 2~ 11000709~ SCENE (N22 20 43~)~8 34 5~ 36~00~~ S~ ~55 5 3

ERTS-1 ~ ~" ~A~ ~ 2~ N21 41 25 W15~0 9~ ~p1~ SCENE (N22 19 ~p4 N22~1ppW~ ~p8 1~N21 03 ~36~ 3806 M5 113 5~

EROS DATA CENTER DATA INQUIRY SYSTEM DATE 0
s
-a -,_-_-_GENERAL LI_5L_(_TERM_lNAL)____ _TI ME
ox f N18D30M N22030M WIr4D30M W160D45M
___ 82-ActESSIONS
LIST FOR BLR E07OC922

S`O(JRCF'___ PHU TO/SCE hE TO QUAL CLD DATE CENTER/I@T FRAME CTR SCALE ALT OL AP 1 S

4 9 - - 2 59 33 __ 000 -9 -
ERTS-Z (MSS@) B&W-02.2" 82219211555COC-0 _585e_4@2 75-682- N2140 59 W1W 4 69 116 loz
SCENE (N22 It 09vWI56 37 40)(N2? 34'3C'.,WI58 21 06)(N?O 47 20.WI57 G5 24)(N21 03 26PW158 47 47) SlI 38

ERTS-2 (MS S) 13&W-02.2- 822@720-155501JOC EP85 7L% 750116 N21 37 59 W157 46 59 3369000 9193 IOZ
SCENE C N 2 2_1 51 _35; W 15 6 4-'-w _16-k N 2 2 3 1 51-01 _W' 1 5 6 - 2. 5-- 11Y(N N - 4 35 4_,_W 154 - Of _5@) (NM 0_6 - 6 -0, W 15 8 5 2 11 i _S I -1 38-

ER T S@_2 (MSS) 8&W-02.2" 82255201545rc,00 5555 4!)Z 751004 N21 35 59 W157 45 59 33E9000 9218 101
SCENE (N22 13 30PWI56 3() 58)-(N22 30 ;,,TvW158 24 28)(N2(' 41 42phl57 OE 03)(N20 58 @05PW158 51 28) SII 38

ERTS-2 81W-12.2" 82273201535'.OCO 555C 3'% 751C22 N21 36 59 W15 -I-_ 48 --- 59 3-369-OCO -9-178 10%
SCENE (N22 14 59 C3PW158 54 04) Sll 38

ERT Smi _R&W-'@2.2" 8230 - 920 -150 -5,@O@O -5-155- lfj% 75-1127 N21 __ 45 00 -W157 47 59 3369000 9C37 10%'
SCENE (N22 21 55PW156 47 16)(N22 -37 57,W158 25 51)(N20 51 52*@i157 IC -39)(N21 07 14loWI58 52 12) S11 38

ERTS-1 (MSS) R&W-t)2.2" e8bE 5Q% 721114 N21 34 28 W156 27 49 3369000 9189 10%
SCENE (N22 12 d 5 p W_ I _2' -1-1)(N22 28 l6p W157 06 23) N2A 4U 3 C v W 15 5 4547 (N20 5626PW15 7 3 2 56 SIT 38

T_ -S--- I _(MSS) R&W-02.2" 811682()2255AO 00 6A8E 7.@% 730107 N21 31 54 W156 24 21 3369000 9056 IOZ
SC -ENE N22 __ 0-9 1 -IPW -15- 38 -5lo-N155- 4E 41)(N20 5-4-113P4.1517 28, 23) SIl 38

ERTS-1 (MSS) B&W-02.2" 811362n23l,5ACQ0 6PEE 40% 730125 N21 44 52 W156 24 07 3369000 9072 10%
SCENE (N22 22 18PW155 10 2")(N2? 37 48PW157 02 3v)UN_26 51 47,01155 "__l_6MW2l_077_ OJ_p W-157 2-8 18) S11 38
ERTS-I (MSS) R&W-12.2" 81234202325A,':OC-2F-t@ 4,; -7 3 0- -2--l 2_N__2__I -3-744 W'156 29 57 3369000 9125 10%
SCENE (N22 15 21.,WI55- 21- 52)(N?-? _31 C-5,-Wl-57-C,--O---?�-)(N?O--4,4-20PW-1-55-51--58-)(-N2()-59--50PW-15@7 34 30) SlI 38
ERTS-I (KSS) R&W-112.2" 81222202335AC-Ofi E86E 3L'-%_73-)3J2 N21 40 08. W156 34 52 336000 9179 10%
SCENE (N22 M12PWI55 2) 34)(N2? 33 34,W157 I." 52)(N20 46 33'W155 56 23)(N21 01 41-W1573-9-37i SIl 30

A20) 48r, F 3Q% 7303n,2 !N 21 40 08 WI 56 34 52 1000000 9179 00%
SCENE (N22-lE--l?PW155--20--34)(N-2-2- 3_3 34.WI57 13 52)(N20 46 33._W5_56 2j)(N21 01 41,WI57 39 37) 511 38

ERTS-1 (MSS)____8&W-02.2" 61?03201T3540CO ... eFeE 4,,@% 73,@211__N2_1 39_29 W155 04 C4 336900D 9122 10%
SCENE (N22 17 08,W153 5) 03)(N22 32 42,W155 42 3@0)(N2111 46 07,%154 26 01)(N21 01 27PW156 68 33) Sil 38

ERTS-1 (MSS) R & W-02 2 812 2 1 20 17 45 A CO 08Ae f 2i X 730301 N21 4 3 2 0W155 08 15 3369000 9177 IOZ
SCENE (N22 21 24,WI54 W' 58)(N22 36 44,W155 47 17)(N20 49 45PW154 25 45)(N21 04 52PW156 12 59) SIT 38

ERTS-1 (MSS) 13&W-f)2.2" 8 12 9 @201745 V100 tote 6,;% 730512 N21 44 CC W155 14 07 3369000 9062 10%
!@C E _NE (NZ2 21 47*WI54 00 45)(N22 36 37PW155 52 49)(N20 51 14PW154 35 55)(N2105 56,W156 17 56)__SlI 38
----- ------- N 1 __42 I - - -
ERTS-1 (MSS) B&W-02.2" 81167211715AO'0C 8F22 902 73--ii06 -2-136- 33 - W-1 5458 -369000 9057 10%
SCENE - (N22 07-49P-WI53-5-4- 0_8)(__N22 2327pW15-5 3E 5%;)(N2137 29-PW-154 21 0_4)_'(N2J_52_53*W15_6 02-45)- SIT 38

ERTS-1 (MSS) B&W-02.2" 81184201135A000 8888 30Z 730123 N21 44 15 W153 26 25 3369000 9068 102
___9_C E _NE (N22 21 51,W152 21 52)(N22 37 02PW154 G4 57)(N20 51 I8p%I52 4E 23)(N21 06 15,WI54 30 26) Sit 38

-CR I -S- I CM S S-) O&W-02.21 812o220il55A06O E6EE 5(j% 730210 N21 39-1-4-W153 _39-04 3369000 9118 IOZ
SCENE (N22 17 (JIPW152 31, '11)(N22 32 2C,W154 17 47)(N20 45 58PW153 00 52)(N21 01 03vW154 43 25) SlI 38

ERTS-1 (MSS) R&W-02.21 81171203945A(,100" 8828 40% 730110 N22 52 07 W160 22 33 3369000 9057 10%
__&C E _NE (N23 29 33PW159 17 31)(N23 44 55PW161 01 19)(N21 59 09,W159 44 21)(N22 14 llvW161 27 01) SIl 38

EROS DATA CENTER DATA INQUIRY SYSTEM DATE 07
GENERAL LIST,(TERMINAL) TIME
Box 8
82 ACCESSIONS
LIST FOR BLR -- 607,30992

SCALC ALT OLAP IST
TYPE C(YV--E-KAGE FILM SOURCv' PHOTO/SCE NE ID QUAL CLO DATE CENTER/IET FRAME CTR

'100 EBEE 7JZ 739109 N22 54 08 W158 57 27 3364000 9C57 lox
R-Ts--A-l ms SY Blif C-9 -. 2-"- -8-117 0- 2- -0 3 -4 -@ 5 A
SCENE (N23 31 41PW157 51 29)(N23 46-51PW159 36 21)(N22 01 15PW158 19 07)(N22 16 IOPWI60 01 52) Sll 38C
I
ERTS-1 (MSS) B&W-C2.2" 81169212815ACOC 7-30,108-N2.2.57 32 W157 28 32 3369001 9C57 10% -
- -8 -4i---- - - -.- - - - - -- --- - -14 4I.-WI58 33 27i SIl 380
SCENE-- --34-5 -v-w-i75-6 -2707-) 3) CN2-3 5b W158 -.7 21)(N22 04 13,WI56' 5C 17)(N22

B&W-A2.2"
E-R-TS-I(Ms-s-) - -- - -8-11 682T223-5 A-1-5 0-0 ePee I@j% 73016T N?2 58 01 W156 It 46 3369000 9058 10%
SCENE (N23 35 Cj*W154 5c 22)(N23 51 LIPW156 413 IC)(N22 34 5IP6155 2? 43)(N22 12 C 28PW157 06 24),_Sll 380

EIRTS-1 (MSS) 8 &W - 0 2. 2" 8 116 7 20 16 5 5 A 0 0 0__ _ E sl 2 2 __9 k; 2 _ 7-3.0-le 6 N 22 -.5 6 1-8 -W-l 5 4- - -36, 20 - 336900.0 9058 10%
SCENE- - ------(N2-3--33 2-7,W 153 -31 04-)t-N23-49-16-.-Wl55 14 5@;)(N22 03 09phI53 5e 23)(N22 16 45PW155 41 02) Sll 380

ERTS-1 (MSS) B&W-02.2- 81531203635AC-C0 022 9(,% 740105 N23 02 17 W160 27 28 3369000 9137 10%
SCENE (N23 4C 06PW159 2q 50)(N23 55 KPW161 1^6 42)(NZ2 08 53PW159 4e 49)(N22 24 03PW161 32 32) Sll 380

ERTS-1 (MSS) 89W -n 2. 2" 815492,13 -5- 55A -(1 1 t.1 --- 2@> 2 2 6 -Q% 7 - 401 -- 23 N23 -- 1 46 ---- W-160 -21 --- 00 -'33-69000 -9079 110%
SCENE (N23 4E 12PW159 15 36)(N24 13 44,W160 5.9 52)(N22 17 37,W159 42 42)(N22 32 54PW161 25 49) S11 380

dfiis-l (MSS) 8&W-"2.2" 6lld8213415A0(,0 -BF8e 7.%'730127 N23 11-46 W1513 53 11 336900c) 9077 102
SCENE (N23'48 56PW157 47 38)(N24 04- 53PWI-59 3-1 49)(N22 16 28PW15E I! 07)(N22 34 09.Wl59;58 10) Sll 380

ERTS-1 (MSS) 13&W-02.2- 81205202845400C qP8-E- 33.6-90-CO-91-201.0;-
CN 2 "1 -2- 43-1-WI-5 6-1@ lb)(N22 16 02#WI56 55 39)(N22 31 23PNI58 39 20) Sll 380

---VR-T S-) -91 -81-2-0- 4 21-22-5-5--A-0-60- 6-E9.@j% 73 -0212 N23 0 49 W156 06 22 33E9000 9m to%
SCENE iN23 41 21,W155 0 38)(N23 57 Q7,W156 47 19)(N?? 10 2CPW155 29 58)(N22 25 52PW157 13 31) S11 380

.ERTS-l (MSS) 9&W-02.2' 812032,11715A,10C E8EE 5CT 730211 N23 05 40 W154 42 11 3369000 9121 101
--S-CE-NE--------(-N23--IV3-15oWl53 31; 30)(N23 58 55,W _155 2 _1 12)(N22 1-2-',-15,WI5 _4 03 43)( _N2 ? 27 4GWI55 4-7 16) SIl 380

TOTALS ERTS- 82. MANNED SPArECRAFt- NASA-AIRCRAFT- v AERIAL fOAPFING-

zg @==

@m fm @m Jim